Exhibit 10.1
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
a Delaware limited partnership
dated as of February 14, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
2.01
|
|
|
Formation of the Partnership
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
|
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
2.04
|
|
|
Term and Dissolution
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
2.05
|
|
|
Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
2.06
|
|
|
Certificates Describing Partnership Units
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
4.01
|
|
|
Capital Contributions
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
4.02
|
|
|
Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
4.03
|
|
|
Additional Funding
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
4.04
|
|
|
LTIP Units
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
4.05
|
|
|
Conversion of LTIP Units
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
4.06
|
|
|
Capital Accounts
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
4.07
|
|
|
Percentage Interests
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
|
No Interest on Contributions
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
4.09
|
|
|
Return of Capital Contributions
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
|
No Third-Party Beneficiary
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
5.01
|
|
|
Allocation of Profit and Loss
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
5.02
|
|
|
Distribution of Cash
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
5.03
|
|
|
REIT Distribution Requirements
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
5.04
|
|
|
No Right to Distributions in Kind
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
5.05
|
|
|
Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
5.06
|
|
|
Distributions Upon Liquidation
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
5.07
|
|
|
Substantial Economic Effect
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
|
Management of the Partnership
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
6.02
|
|
|
Delegation of Authority
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
6.03
|
|
|
Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
6.04
|
|
|
Liability of the General Partner
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
|
Partnership Obligations
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
6.06
|
|
|
Outside Activities
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
6.07
|
|
|
Employment or Retention of Affiliates
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
Summit REITs Activities
|
|
|
35
|
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.09
|
|
|
Title to Partnership Assets
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
|
Transfer of the General Partners Partnership Interest
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
7.02
|
|
|
Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
7.04
|
|
|
Removal of General Partner
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
8.01
|
|
|
Management of the Partnership
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
8.02
|
|
|
Power of Attorney
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
8.04
|
|
|
Common Unit Redemption Right
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
Registration
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
|
Purchase for Investment
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
9.02
|
|
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
9.03
|
|
|
Admission of Substitute Limited Partner
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
9.04
|
|
|
Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
|
Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
9.06
|
|
|
Joint Ownership of Partnership Units
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
10.01
|
|
|
Books and Records
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
10.02
|
|
|
Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
10.03
|
|
|
Fiscal and Taxable Year
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
10.04
|
|
|
Annual Tax Information and Report
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
10.05
|
|
|
Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
11.01
|
|
|
Amendment of Agreement
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
11.02
|
|
|
Merger of Partnership
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.01
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.02
|
|
|
Survival of Rights
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.03
|
|
|
Additional Documents
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.04
|
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.05
|
|
|
Entire Agreement
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
12.06
|
|
|
Pronouns and Plurals
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
12.07
|
|
|
Headings
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
12.08
|
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
12.09
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
55
|
|
-ii-
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT APartners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
EXHIBIT BNotice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
EXHIBIT C-1Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)
EXHIBIT C-2Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are
Individuals)
EXHIBIT DNotice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
EXHIBIT ENotice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units
-iii-
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
RECITALS
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the
Partnership
) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of
the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2010 and an Agreement of Limited Partnership entered
into as of June 30, 2010 by Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (
Summit REIT
),
as the original general partner, and Summit REIT, as the original limited partner of the
Partnership. On December 7, 2010, a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited
Partnership was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to reflect the
withdrawal of Summit REIT as the original general partner of the Partnership and the admission of
Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the successor general partner of the
Partnership effective as of November 30, 2010. This First Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership is entered into this 14
th
day of February, 2011 among Summit Hotel
GP, LLC (the
General Partner
), Summit REIT, as the original limited partner of the Partnership,
and any additional Limited Partner that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership and listed
on
Exhibit A
attached hereto.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties
hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Agreement of Limited
Partnership to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
Act
means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from
time to time.
Additional Funds
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
Additional Securities
means any: (1) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or
hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding
up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares (
Preferred Shares
), (2) REIT
Shares, (3) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that
has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are junior in
rank to the REIT Shares (
Junior Shares
) and (4) (i) rights, options, warrants or convertible or
exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred
-1-
Shares or Junior Shares, or (ii) indebtedness issued by Summit REIT that provides any of the
rights described in clause (4)(i) of this definition (any such securities referred to in clause
(4)(i) or (ii) of this definition,
New Securities
).
Adjustment Events
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
Administrative Expenses
means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses
incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner and
Summit REIT, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the
General Partner and Summit REIT, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner and
Summit REIT, which expenses, the Partners hereby agree are expenses of the Partnership and not the
General Partner or Summit REIT, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above,
REIT Expenses;
provided
,
however
, that Administrative Expenses shall not include
any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner or Summit REIT that are
attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner or
Summit REIT other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
Affiliate
means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by
or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of
such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such
Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the
purposes of this definition, control (including the correlative meanings of the terms controlled
by and under common control with), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests,
contract or otherwise.
Agreed Value
means the fair market value of a Partners non-cash Capital Contribution as of
the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and
addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value
of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on
Exhibit A
,
as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
Agreement
means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may
be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Articles
means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Summit REIT filed with the State
Department and Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland, as amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time.
Board of Directors
means the Board of Directors of Summit REIT.
Capital Account
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06 hereof.
Capital Account Limitation
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
-2-
Capital Contribution
means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value
of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to
the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the
Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor
holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
Cash Amount
means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares
Amount on the Specified Redemption Date.
Certificate
means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of
Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and
sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the
power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in
the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect
or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or
substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited
Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.
Certificate of Formation
means the Certificate of Formation of the General Partner filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Change of Control
means, as to either the General Partner or Summit REIT, the occurrence of
any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions,
of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner or Summit REIT, taken as a whole, to any Person
or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any
successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT; or (ii) the
acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of
the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of
acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the
Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT in a single
transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation
or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of
the membership interest of the General Partner or more than 50% of the total voting power of the
voting capital stock of Summit REIT.
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time
to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code
at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
Commission
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Partnership Unit Distribution
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii)
hereof.
Common Redemption Amount
means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected
by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.
-3-
Common Unit
means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the
Partnership.
Common Unit Economic Balance
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
Common Unit Redemption Right
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
Common Unit Transaction
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
Constituent Person
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
Conversion Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
Conversion Factor
means a factor of 1.0, as adjusted as provided in this definition and in
Section 6.08. The Conversion Factor will be adjusted in the event that Summit REIT (i) declares or
pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all
holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares
or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares. In each of
such events, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the
record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes
that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the
denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above
assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and,
provided
further
, that in the
event that an entity other than an Affiliate of Summit REIT shall become General Partner pursuant
to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner or Summit REIT with or into
another entity (the
Successor Entity
), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the
Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is
converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such
merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become
effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if
any, for such event. If, however, the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the
record date, if any, but prior to the effective date of such event, the Conversion Factor shall be
determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the
record date for event.
Conversion Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
Conversion Right
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
Defaulting Limited Partner
means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to
the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by
the Partnership.
Distributable Amount
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
Economic Capital Account Balances
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
-4-
Equity Incentive Plan
means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by
the Partnership or Summit REIT, including, without limitation, Summit REITs 2011 Equity Incentive
Plan.
Event of Bankruptcy
as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to
such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar
provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has
been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally
determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to
accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a
substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person
as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by
such Person or by another,
provided
that
if such proceeding is commenced by
another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces
therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within
90 days.
Excepted Holder Limit
has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Forced Conversion
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
Forced Conversion Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
General Partner
means Summit Hotel GP, LLC and any person who becomes a substitute or
additional General Partner as provided herein, and any of their successors as General Partner.
General Partner Loan
means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited
Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on
behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
General Partnership Interest
means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in
its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest
as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest will be a number of Common
Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding
Partnership Units. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership
Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute
a Limited Partnership Interest.
Indemnified Party
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
Indemnifying Party
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
Indemnitee
means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A)
the General Partner or (B) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the
Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary thereof, and (ii) such other
-5-
Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, Summit REIT or the Partnership) as the
General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to
potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
Independent Director
means a director of Summit REIT who meets the NYSE requirements for an
independent director as set forth from time to time.
Junior Shares
has the meaning set forth in the definition of Additional Securities.
Limited Partner
means any Person named as a Limited Partner on
Exhibit A
attached
hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute
Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Persons capacity as a Limited Partner
in the Partnership.
Limited Partnership Interest
means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any
particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners,
and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be
entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such
Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act. Limited
Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership
Units.
Liquidating Gains
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
LTIP Unit
means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the
rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this
Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units, including both vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP
Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on
Exhibit A
as
it may be amended or restated from time to time.
LTIP Unitholder
means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
Loss
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
Majority in Interest
means Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the
Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
New Securities
has the meaning set forth in the definition of Additional Securities.
Notice of Redemption
means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit B
hereto.
NYSE
means the New York Stock Exchange.
Offer
has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
Offering
means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares.
-6-
Partner
means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and Partners means the General
Partner and the Limited Partners.
Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain
has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section
1.704-2(i). A Partners share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
Partnership
has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Partnership Interest
means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by a Partner, and
includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as
provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms
and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common
Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
Partnership Loan
means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership
pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.
Partnership Minimum Gain
has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is
determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership
would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other
than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A
Partners share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations
Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
Partnership Record Date
means the record date established by the General Partner for the
distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the
record date established by Summit REIT for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its
portion of such distribution.
Partnership Unit
means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all
Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of
Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof in accordance with the terms
hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by
such Partnership Units are set forth on
Exhibit A
hereto, as it may be amended or restated
from time to time.
Partnership Unit Designation
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(i) hereof.
Percentage Interest
means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership
Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
Person
means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint
venture, trust or other entity.
-7-
Preferred Shares
has the meaning set forth in the definition of Additional Securities.
Profit
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
Property
means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or
indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
Redeeming Limited Partner
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
Redemption Shares
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
Regulations
means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and
as subsequently amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the
Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor
provision of the Regulations.
REIT
means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
REIT Expenses
means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of
existence and operation of Summit REIT and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for
purposes hereof, be included within the definition of Summit REIT), including taxes, fees and
assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director,
officer or employee of Summit REIT, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and
registration, or private offering, of securities by Summit REIT, and all statements, reports, fees
and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling
commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated
with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents
thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by Summit REIT,
(iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports
and communications by Summit REIT under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including
filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by Summit REIT with
laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any
securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision,
disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for
compensation or benefits for the employees of Summit REIT, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by
Summit REIT relating to any issuance or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other
operating or administrative costs of Summit REIT incurred in the ordinary course of its business on
behalf of or related to the Partnership.
REIT Shares
means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Summit REIT (or
Successor Entity, as the case may be).
REIT Shares Amount
means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of
Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the
Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date;
provided
that
in the event Summit REIT issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights,
-8-
options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT
Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property
(collectively, the
Rights
), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date,
then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares
Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to
Rights.
Restriction Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
Rights
has the meaning set forth in the definition of REIT Shares Amount herein.
Rule 144
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(c) hereof.
S-3 Eligible Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
Safe Harbor Election
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
Safe Harbor Interest
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
Securities Act
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Service
means the Internal Revenue Service.
Stock Ownership Limit
has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
Specified Redemption Date
means the first business day of the calendar quarter that is at
least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a
majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity
interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
Subsidiary Partnership
means any partnership or limited liability company in which the
General Partner, Summit REIT, the Partnership, or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner,
Summit REIT or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.
Substitute Limited Partner
means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
Successor Entity
has the meaning set forth in the definition of Conversion Factor herein.
Summit REIT
has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Survivor
has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
Tax Matters Partner
has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.
-9-
Trading Day
means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a
security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security
is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other
than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Transaction
has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
Transfer
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
TRS
means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of Summit
REIT.
Unvested LTIP Units
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
Value
means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market prices of such
security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation.
The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to
trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price,
regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing
bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to
trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such
day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such
day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by Summit REIT, or (iii) if the security
is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such
last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported
high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by
Summit REIT, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the
date in question) for which prices have been so reported;
provided
that if there are no bid
and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the
security shall be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations
and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the
security includes any additional rights (including any Rights), then the value of such rights shall
be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other
information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
Vested LTIP Units
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
Vesting Agreement
means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered
into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive
Plan.
Withheld Amount
means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to
any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.
-10-
ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
2.01
Formation of the Partnership
. The Partnership was formed as a limited
partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of
the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.
The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
2.02
Name
. The Name of the Partnership shall be Summit Hotel OP, LP and the
Partnerships business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the
General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words
Limited Partnership, LP, L.P. or Ltd. or similar words or letters shall be included in the
Partnerships name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction
that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of
the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in
the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the
Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder.
2.03
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
. The registered office of the
Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the
State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a Delaware
corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue,
Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, or such other place as the General Partner may from time
to time designate. Upon such a change of the principal office of the Partnership, the General
Partner shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners;
provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the
authority granted hereunder. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places
within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.
2.04
Term and Dissolution
.
(a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon
the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the
dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof;
provided
that if a
General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such
General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of
Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the
Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or
partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such
partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;
-11-
(ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Partnership (
provided
that if the Partnership receives an
installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership
shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such
time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
(iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any Limited
Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to
continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited
Partners; or
(iv) the dissolution of the Partnership upon election by the General Partner.
(b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued
pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or
legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnerships assets
and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of,
or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those
necessary to satisfy the Partnerships debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the
Partners in kind.
2.05
Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership
. The General Partner
shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and
any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such
places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited
partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in
which the Partnership conducts business.
2.06
Certificates Describing Partnership Units
. At the request of a Limited Partner,
the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited
Partners interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership
Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of
such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the
General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following
effect:
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH (A) THE
PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, AS
AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (B) ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL
OR STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.
-12-
ARTICLE III
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct
any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act,
provided
,
however
, that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a
manner as to permit Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless Summit REIT otherwise
ceases to, or the Board of Directors determines, pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Articles, that
Summit REIT shall no longer, qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture
or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any
entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the
foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting Summit REITs right in its sole
and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the status of
Summit REIT as a REIT and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on Summit REIT inures to the
benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner or its Affiliates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that Summit REIT may terminate or revoke
its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. Summit REIT shall also be empowered to do any and
all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
4.01
Capital Contributions
. The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a
capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite
such Partners name on
Exhibit A
hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time
by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other
Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or
similar events having an effect on a Partners ownership of Partnership Units.
4.02
Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units
.
Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right
or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The
General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and
receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in
the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
(a)
Issuances of Additional Partnership Units
.
(i)
General
. As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership
shall have two classes of Partnership Units, entitled Common Units and LTIP Units. The
General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional
Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any
time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other
Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by
the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the
-13-
approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partners determination that
consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration
relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional
Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series
of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties
senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall
be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the
approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law that cannot be preempted by the
terms hereof and as set forth in a written document hereafter attached to and made an
exhibit to this Agreement (each, a
Partnership Unit Designation
), including, without
limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and
credit to each such class or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class
or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights
of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the
Partnership;
provided
,
however
, that no additional Partnership Units shall
be issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) unless:
(1) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an
issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit
REIT, which REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests have designations,
preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially
similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional
Partnership Units issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or
indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the
Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner or
Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General
Partner or Summit REIT) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an
amount equal to the cash consideration received by Summit REIT from the issuance of
such REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in Summit REIT;
(2) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an
issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit
REIT pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by Summit REIT, which REIT
Shares, capital stock or interests have designations, preferences and other rights,
all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations,
preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the
General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of
the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the Partnership in accordance with this
Section 4.02, (B) if Summit REIT allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect
whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares or other capital stock of or, other
interests in Summit REIT or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners
(excluding the General Partner, Summit REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of
the General Partner or Summit REIT) the same election to elect to receive (I)
Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the
-14-
election of Summit REIT, REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in
Summit REIT or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units
pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value
of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units
that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
(3) the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned
by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) with a fair market value, as
determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the
Partnership Units; or
(4) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests.
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the
Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the
General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the
Partnership. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Units, the General Partner
shall amend
Exhibit A
as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
(ii)
Upon Issuance of Additional Securities
. Summit REIT shall not issue any
Additional Securities (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant
to Section 8.04 hereof or REIT Shares or other capital stock of or other interests in Summit
REIT issued in connection with a taxable stock dividend as described in Section
4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights other than to all holders of REIT Shares, Preferred Shares,
Junior Shares, or New Securities, as the case may be, unless (A) the General Partner shall
cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or
indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) Partnership Units or
Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic
interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) Summit
REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of
Summit REIT), contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional Securities and
from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership;
provided
,
however
, that Summit REIT is allowed to issue Additional
Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by Summit REIT,
but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been
approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Without limiting the foregoing, Summit
REIT is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value,
and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General
Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General
Partner or Summit REIT) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner
concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of Summit REIT, the
General Partner and the Partnership and (y) Summit REIT, directly or through the General
Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another
direct or indirect wholly
-15-
owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the
Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding
Partnership Units pursuant to a stock purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares
at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to stock awards, including stock options
that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares,
either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other stock
awards approved by the Board of Directors. For example, in the event Summit REIT issues
REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and Summit REIT, directly or through the General
Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another
direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all of the proceeds
of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner or Summit
REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit
REIT) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A)
the number of such REIT Shares issued by Summit REIT, the proceeds of which were so
contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the
denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
(b)
Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares
. In connection with
any and all issuances of REIT Shares, Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any
direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect
wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the
proceeds therefrom,
provided
that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by
Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit
REIT), are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriters discount,
commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance,
then Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit
REIT), shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal
to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriters discount,
commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by Summit REIT, and the Partnership shall be
deemed simultaneously to have reimbursed such discount, commissions, placement fees and expenses as
an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b).
(c)
Repurchases of Summit REIT Securities
. If Summit REIT shall repurchase shares of
any class or series of its capital stock, the purchase price thereof and all costs incurred in
connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to Summit REIT by the Partnership pursuant to
Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent
number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by Summit REIT (or any direct
or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT) (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a
number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).
4.03
Additional Funding
. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best
interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (
Additional Funds
) for
-16-
any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such
funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates
provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
4.04
LTIP Units
.
(a)
Issuance of LTIP Units
. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, the General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide
services to the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT for such consideration as the
General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners.
Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections
4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with all of the rights,
privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Partners Percentage
Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and LTIP Units shall be
treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one
correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes,
including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
(i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall
make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and
economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be
Adjustment Events
: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common
Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into
a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of
units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding
Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more
than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once
using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all
Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall
not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing,
reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the
issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or
distribution reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General
Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General
Partner or Summit REIT) in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds
from the sale of Additional Securities by Summit REIT. If the Partnership takes an action
affecting the Common Units other than actions specifically described above as Adjustment
Events and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to
the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General
Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent
permitted by law and by any Equity Incentive Plan and Vesting Agreement, in such manner and
at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate
under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the
Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officers
certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such
adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive
-17-
evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after
filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall deliver a notice to each LTIP Unitholder
setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such
adjustment; provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not invalidate the
adjustment or the authority granted hereunder, and
(ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General
Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive
distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the
Common Partnership Unit Distribution
), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership
Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long
as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be
authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or
contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
(b)
Priority
. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, the special provisions
of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof and any Vesting Agreement, the LTIP Units shall rank
pari passu
with the Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and
distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of
distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any
class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on
a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or
pari passu
with, or
senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an
LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject
to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units
pursuant to Article IX.
(c)
Special Provisions
. LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special
provisions:
(i)
Vesting Agreements
. LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General
Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer
pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be
modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any
restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity
Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting
Agreement are referred to as
Vested LTIP Units
; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as
Unvested LTIP Units
.
(ii)
Forfeiture
. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the
occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of
the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase
price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General
Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable
Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further
action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose.
-18-
Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment
shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any
distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date
of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the
balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to
all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the
target balance contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP
Unitholders remaining LTIP Units, if any.
(iii)
Allocations
. LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special
allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
(iv)
Redemption
. The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners
under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they
are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
(v)
Conversion to Common Units
. Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted
into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
(d)
Voting
. LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the holders of
Common Units, with all Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units voting as a single class with the
Common Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are
expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall
not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units (Vested LTIP Units
and Unvested LTIP Units) outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or
at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger,
consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to
materially and adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the General Partner) any right,
privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment,
alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and
voting powers of the holders of Common Units; but subject, in any event, to the following
provisions:
(i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof),
so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the
consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely
affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP
Unitholders as such; and
(ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of
Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units,
whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to
distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges
or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.
-19-
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with
respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units
shall have been converted into Common Units.
4.05
Conversion of LTIP Units
.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.05, an LTIP Unitholder shall have the right
(the
Conversion Right
), at such holders option, at any time to convert all or a portion of such
holders Vested LTIP Units into Common Units;
provided, however
, that a holder may not
exercise the Conversion Right for less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less
than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders
shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested
LTIP Units;
provided
,
however
, that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the
expected occurrence of an event that will cause such LTIP Unitholders Unvested LTIP Units to
become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice
conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless
subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such
condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested
LTIP Units into Common Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units
shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
(b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully
paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to
Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units
convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such
Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the
Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion
(the
Capital Account Limitation
).
In order to exercise the Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a
Conversion Notice
) in the form attached as
Exhibit D
to the Partnership (with a copy to
the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the
Conversion
Date
) specified in such Conversion Notice;
provided
,
however
, that if the General
Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit
Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of
such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion
Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a
Common Unit Transaction or (y) the third Trading Day immediately preceding the effective date of
such Common Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in
Section 12.01 hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all
Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all
liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a
Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be
issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the
Conversion Date;
provided
,
however
, that the redemption of such Common Units by the
Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted
-20-
that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if such
holder so wishes, the Common Units into which such holders Vested LTIP Units will be converted can
be tendered to the Partnership for redemption simultaneously with such conversion, with the further
consequence that, if Summit REIT elects to assume the Partnerships redemption obligation with
respect to such Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder the REIT
Shares Amount, then such holder can have the REIT Shares Amount issued to such holder
simultaneously with the conversion of such holders Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The
General Partner and LTIP Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the
timing of the events described in the foregoing sentence.
(c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number
of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a
Forced Conversion
) into an
equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section
4.04 hereof;
provided
,
however
, that the Partnership may not cause Forced
Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of
such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced
Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a
Forced Conversion Notice
) in the form
attached as
Exhibit E
to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60
days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion
Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof and shall be revocable by
the General Partner at any time prior to the Forced Conversion.
(d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion
Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the
close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP
Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the
Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common
Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the
Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate
of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held
by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to
Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and
such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.
(e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the
Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable
LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of
the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Unit
Economic Balance.
(f) If the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be a party to any Common Unit
Transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer
for all or substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale
of all or substantially all of the Partnerships assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction
which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be
exchanged for or converted into the right, or the
-21-
holders of Common Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other
property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a
Common
Unit Transaction
), then the General Partner shall, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity
Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement, exercise immediately prior to the Common Unit Transaction its
right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible
for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit
Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the
Partnership were sold at the Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined
by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the
context of the Common Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective
date of the Common Unit Transaction).
In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction,
the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be
afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for
the Common Units into which such LTIP Unitholders Units will be converted the same kind and amount
of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the
consummation of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units,
assuming such holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or
into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or
transfer was made, as the case may be (a
Constituent Person
), or an affiliate of a Constituent
Person. In the event that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type
of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such
Common Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP
Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP
Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of
consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common
Units in connection with such Common Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an
election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit
held by such LTIP Unitholder (or by any of such LTIP Unitholders transferees) the same kind and
amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would receive if such Common Unit holder
failed to make such an election.
Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement
and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause
the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section
4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be,
for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in
connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders
of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP
Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common
Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution,
special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the
LTIP Unitholders.
-22-
4.06
Capital Accounts
. A separate capital account (a
Capital Account
) shall be
established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in
exchange for more than a
de minimis
Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a
Partner more than a
de minimis
amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership
Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a
de minimis
Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the
Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a
Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the
property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its
sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance
with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f);
provided
that the issuance of any LTIP Unit
shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnerships
property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted
in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such
Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent
in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be
allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of
such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and
absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the
revaluation. In making those adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners occurring during
any taxable year in which this Agreement is effective, the General Partner shall allocate the
adjustments, to the extent possible and in its sole and absolute discretion, to cause the Capital
Account attributable to each Common Unit to be equal in amount;
provided
that the General
Partner shall not make any allocation that could cause any holder of Partnership Units to recognize
income or gain for federal income tax purposes.
4.07
Percentage Interests
. If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class
or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partners
Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of
each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class
or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units
or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to
such increase or decrease. If the Partners Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this
Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be
allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnerships property is
revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i)
as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days
in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which
method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment
occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based on
the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later
part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
4.08
No Interest on Contributions
. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its
Capital Contribution.
-23-
4.09
Return of Capital Contributions
. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any
part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the
Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided
herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such
Partners Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
4.10
No Third-Party Beneficiary
. No creditor or other third party having dealings
with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make
Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in
equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement, except as provided in
Section 6.03(h), shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties to
this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of
the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be
deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may
such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or
encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any
of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any
Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act.
However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this
Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall
be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a
liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.
ARTICLE V
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
5.01
Allocation of Profit and Loss
.
(a)
Profit
. Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall
be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(b)
Loss
. Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be
allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(c)
Minimum Gain Chargeback
. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any
expense of the Partnership that is a nonrecourse deduction within the meaning of Regulations
Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners respective Percentage
Interests, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a partner nonrecourse deduction within the
meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the
economic risk of loss of such deduction in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1),
(iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations
Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth
in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated
among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules
contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner
Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations
-24-
Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations
Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable
to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partners share of the
nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3)
shall be in accordance with a Partners Percentage Interest.
(d)
Qualified Income Offset
. If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment,
allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partners Capital Account
that exceeds the sum of such Partners shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse
Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i),
such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable
years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit
Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in
accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b),
items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the
income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
(e)
Capital Account Deficits
. Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the
extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partners Capital Account (after
reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and
(6)) to exceed the sum of such Partners shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse
Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General
Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with
this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall
be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated
to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
(f)
Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee
. If a Partner transfers any part or
all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss
allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between
the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnerships fiscal year had ended
on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a
Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such
fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its
sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the
distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the
transferee Partner.
(g)
Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units
. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders
until their Economic Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of
LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of
their LTIP Units. For this purpose,
Liquidating Gains
means net capital
-25-
gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in
connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code.
The
Economic Capital Account Balances
of the LTIP Unit holders will be equal to their Capital
Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the
Common Unit Economic Balance
shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of Summit REIT, plus the
amount of Summit REITs share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum
Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to Summit REITs direct or indirect ownership of
Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through
the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g), divided by (ii) the number of
Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT. Any such allocations shall be made among
the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this
Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the Capital
Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital Account
balance associated with Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT (on a per-Unit
basis).
(h)
Definition of Profit and Loss
.
Profit
and
Loss
and any items of income, gain,
expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income
tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit
and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant
to Sections 5.01(c), (d)or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense
(and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all
allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section
704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by
the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the
Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the
Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
5.02
Distribution of Cash
.
(a) Subject to Sections 5.02(c), (d) and (e) hereof and to the terms of any Partnership Unit
Designation, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are
determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are
Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period)
in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.
(b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive
distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Partnership Unit Distribution.
(c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a
Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date (other than Partnership Units
acquired by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary
of the General Partner or Summit REIT ) in connection with the
-26-
issuance of additional REIT Shares or Additional Securities), the cash distribution
attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next
following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to
(i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to
(ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding
Partnership Record Date.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized
to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or
local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the
Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing
authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or
assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be
distributed to the Partner (the
Distributable Amount
) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the
entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if
the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over
the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner
on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall
be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the
Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the
event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the
Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the
Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the
payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the
date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the
Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall
succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to
that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any
distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner
until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so
received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited
Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section
5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate
loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in
The Wall Street Journal
, or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation,
such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is
deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.
(e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership
Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend or other distribution of cash as the
holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be
redeemed.
-27-
5.03
REIT Distribution Requirements
. The General Partner shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable Summit REIT
to pay distributions to its stockholders that will allow Summit REIT to (i) meet its distribution
requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any
federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent Summit REIT
elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
5.04
No Right to Distributions in Kind
. No Partner shall be entitled to demand
property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
5.05
Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions
. Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner
shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a
Partners Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital
Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for
the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnerships
assets.
5.06
Distributions Upon Liquidation
.
(a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts
and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the
Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with
their respective positive Capital Account balances.
(b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be
determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting
from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the
Partnerships assets.
(c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the
Partnerships taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the
date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate
arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds
are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
5.07
Substantial Economic Effect
. It is the intent of the Partners that the
allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be
consistent with the Partners interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses
attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted
by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
-28-
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
6.01
Management of the Partnership
.
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have
full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for
the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the
Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of
the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions
on behalf of the Partnership:
(i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any
other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General
Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
(ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or
leased by the Partnership;
(iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or
any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt
obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or
Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
(iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of
indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or
change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and
secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnerships
assets;
(v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, all operating costs and general
administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its
Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
(vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General
Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the
terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and
secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on
the Partnerships assets;
(vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand)
for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment,
either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and administrative
expenses of Summit REIT, the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the
foregoing, to third parties or to Summit REIT or the General Partner as set forth in this
Agreement;
-29-
(viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnerships assets, whether or not
the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether
or not any portion of the Partnerships assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee,
or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such
terms as the General Partner may determine and to further lease property from third parties,
including ground leases;
(ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in
favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner
may determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the
Partners, the Partnership or the Partnerships assets;
(x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental
agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnerships assets or any
other aspect of the Partnerships business;
(xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any
taxing authority;
(xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and
any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of
Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in
such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
(xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to
the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
(xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss
employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal
counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General
Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to
pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and
proper;
(xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership
business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable
and proper;
(xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to
any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
(xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state
and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;
(xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with
this Agreement;
-30-
(xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further
limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems
desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the
contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an
equity interest from time to time);
(xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures,
contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
(xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
(xxii) to enter into and perform obligations under underwriting or other agreements in
connection with issuances of securities by the Partnership or the General Partner or any
affiliate thereof;
(xxiii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the
Partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation under Section 7704 of the Code or an investment company or a subsidiary of an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
(xxiv) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other
documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems
necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and
affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with
allowing Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT unless Summit REIT voluntarily
terminates or revokes its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers
of a general partner as provided by the Act.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner
require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any
obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it
for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or
require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to
third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
6.02
Delegation of Authority
. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its
powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with
any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under
supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General
Partner may approve.
6.03
Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees
.
(a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses),
judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims,
-31-
demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that
relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee
may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established
that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the
proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate
dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property
or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause
to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment,
order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite
standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by
conviction or upon a plea of
nolo contendere
or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of
probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner
contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section
6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
(b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an
Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding
upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitees
good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as
authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct
has not been met.
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights
to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any
vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who
has ceased to serve in such capacity.
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on
behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against
any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in
connection with the Partnerships activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the
power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an
Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its
duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan
or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect
to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of
this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee
benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that
is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason
of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
-32-
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section
6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the
indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs,
successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit
of any other Persons.
(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall
be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the
Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification
or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be
asserted.
6.04
Liability of the General Partner
.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General
Partner, nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary
damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result
of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted
in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may
owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any
duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides
by the terms of this Agreement.
(b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of
the Partnership, the Limited Partners and Summit REITs stockholders collectively, that the General
Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners
(including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of
some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take
(or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the
stockholders of Summit REIT on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General
Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the
stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners;
provided
,
however
, that for so
long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that
the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner
not adverse to either the stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in
favor of the stockholders of Summit REIT. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary
damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners
in connection with such decisions.
(c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof,
the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform
any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or
-33-
through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the
General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from
acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or
omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of Summit REIT to continue
to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent Summit REIT from incurring any taxes under Section 857,
Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and
is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
(e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall
be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partners or any
of its officers, directors, agents or employees liability to the Partnership and the Limited
Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or
repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be
asserted.
6.05
Partnership Obligations
.
(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the
provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which
it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general
partner of the Partnership.
(b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General
Partner or Summit REIT shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure
(including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made
other than out of the funds of the Partnership. All reimbursements hereunder shall be
characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its
behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner or Summit REIT.
6.06
Outside Activities
. Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Certificate of Formation
and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a
Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or member of the General
Partner, the General Partner, Summit REIT and any stockholder of Summit REIT shall be entitled to
and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to
the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to
those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any
rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of
the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the
partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities,
and the General Partner and Summit REIT shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to
offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or
any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the
Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.
-34-
6.07
Employment or Retention of Affiliates
.
(a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and
may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of
goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any
compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and
reasonable.
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it
has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and
conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing
authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.
(c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or
other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject
to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable
law.
6.08
Summit REITs Activities
. Summit REIT agrees that, generally, all business
activities of Summit REIT, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development,
ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted through the
Partnership or one or more Subsidiaries of the Partnership;
provided
,
however
, that
Summit REIT may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or
activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by Summit REIT or the
business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. If, at any time,
Summit REIT acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the
Partnership) without transferring such assets to the Partnership, the definition of REIT Shares
Amount may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair
market value of a REIT Share attributable to Partnership Units directly or indirectly owned by
Summit REIT and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
6.09
Title to Partnership Assets
. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal
or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an
entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such
Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be
held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or one or more nominees, as
the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner or Summit REIT.
Summit REIT hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held
in the name of the General Partner or Summit REIT or any nominee or Affiliate of the General
Partner or Summit REIT shall be held by the General Partner or Summit REIT for the use and benefit
of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
provided
,
however
, that the General Partner or Summit REIT shall use its commercially reasonable
efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon
as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the
Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such
Partnership assets is held.
-35-
ARTICLE VII
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
7.01
Transfer of the General Partners Partnership Interest
.
(a) Other than to an Affiliate of Summit REIT, the General Partner shall not transfer all or
any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as
General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections
7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
(b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in
the aggregate at least 0.1%.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, neither the General Partner
nor Summit REIT shall engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another
Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in
the General Partners state of organization or organizational form or Summit REITs state of
incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the
General Partner or Summit REIT (a
Transaction
), unless at least one of the following conditions
is met:
(i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any
Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) is obtained;
(ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General
Partner, Summit REIT and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, and, in the
case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or
Vesting Agreement) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an
amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as
determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and
the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a
holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share,
provided
that if, in
connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer (
Offer
) shall have
been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares,
each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT and any
Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall be given the option to exchange its
Partnership Units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially
equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the greatest
amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received
had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and
(B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise
of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
(iii) either the General Partner or Summit REIT, as applicable, is the surviving entity
in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities
or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners
-36-
(other than the General Partner, Summit REIT, and any Subsidiary of the General Partner
or Summit REIT, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable
Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of
cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) equal or
substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to
the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other
property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder
of REIT Shares.
(d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, either of the General Partner or Summit REIT, as
applicable, may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such
merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity
(the
Survivor
), other than Partnership Units held directly or indirectly by the General Partner
or Summit REIT, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital
Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units, or for economically equivalent partnership
interests issued by a Subsidiary Partnership established at the direction of the Board of
Directors, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined
by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of
the General Partner and Summit REIT hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor
shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The
Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the
REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or
consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as
reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and
amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation
by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a
holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been exchanged
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide
for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be
practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor
also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section
8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.04
hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.01(d) shall
similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, each of the General
Partner and Summit REIT is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such
transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or
any Subsidiary thereof) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the
occurrence of, or their participation in, such transaction,
provided
such efforts are
consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Directors fiduciary
duties to the stockholders of Summit REIT under applicable law.
-37-
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
(i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership
Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all
of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its
General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
(ii) Summit REIT may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any
national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the
REIT Shares are listed or traded.
7.02
Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner
. A Person shall be
admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following
terms and conditions are satisfied:
(a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have
accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a
counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in
order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the
admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other
actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been
performed;
(b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a
corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to
counsel for the Partnership of such Persons authority to become a General Partner and to be bound
by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
(c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from
other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute
or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in
connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will
cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partners limited liability.
7.03
Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner
.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal
pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General
Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the
withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such
partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the
General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be
dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof.
The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or
successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal,
dissolution or removal of the General Partner.
-38-
(b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its
removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the
General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a
partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner
in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business
of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners,
within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the
balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof
and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority
in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the Partnership and admit a
substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired
an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.
7.04
Removal of General Partner
.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General
Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically;
provided
,
however
, that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the
withdrawal, death, dissolution or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall be
deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is
continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General
Partner, with or without cause.
(b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership
is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and
assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner
approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be
admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the
removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair
market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner. Such fair market
value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a
Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner)
within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are
unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest
(excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an
appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed
General Partners General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partners removal, and
the fair market value of the removed General Partners General Partnership Interest shall be the
average of the two appraisals;
provided
,
however
, that if the higher appraisal
exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two
appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third
appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partners
General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In
such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partners General Partnership Interest
shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in value.
-39-
(c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after
default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special
Limited Partner;
provided
,
however
, such removed General Partner shall not have any
rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled
to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions
allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General
Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items
that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer
is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.
(d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions
and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the
foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.
ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
8.01
Management of the Partnership
. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the
management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the
Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being
vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. The Limited Partners covenant and agree not
to hold themselves out in a manner that could reasonably be considered in contravention of the
terms hereof by any third party.
8.02
Power of Attorney
. Each Limited Partner by entry into this Agreement through
execution, execution by power of attorney or other consent, hereby irrevocably appoints the General
Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name,
place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or
record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments
(including, without limitation, this Agreement and all amendments or restatements thereof) as may
be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this
Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is coupled with an
interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or
the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.
8.03
Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners
. No Limited Partner shall be liable
for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall
be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when
due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as
otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other
payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
8.04
Common Unit Redemption Right
.
(a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any
agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units
(including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them,
-40-
each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the
General Partner or Summit REIT, shall have the right (the
Common Unit Redemption Right
) to
require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common
Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common
Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership,
provided
that (i) such Common Units shall
have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General
Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and (ii) subject to any restriction agreed to in
writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption
Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached
hereto as
Exhibit B
delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by
the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the
Redeeming Limited
Partner
) and such notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner.
In such event, the Partnership shall deliver the Cash Amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit
Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to cause Summit REIT to purchase the Common Units
subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof. No Limited Partner may
deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year unless otherwise agreed upon
by the General Partner. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for
less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one
thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming
Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any
distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or
after the Specified Redemption Date.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, if a Limited Partner exercises
the Common Unit Redemption Right by delivering to the Partnership a Notice of Redemption, then the
Partnership may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to cause Summit REIT to purchase
directly and acquire some or all of, and in such event Summit REIT agrees to purchase and acquire,
such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT
Shares Amount, as elected by Summit REIT (in its sole and absolute discretion) on the Specified
Redemption Date, whereupon Summit REIT shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the
Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of
such Common Units.
In the event Summit REIT purchases Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit
Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming
Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partners exercise of such Common Unit
Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and Summit REIT shall
treat the transaction between Summit REIT and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax
purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partners Common Units to Summit REIT. Each Redeeming
Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as Summit REIT may reasonably require in
connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
Each Redeeming Limited Partner covenants and agrees that all Common Units subject to a Notice
of Redemption will be delivered to the Partnership or Summit REIT free and clear of all
-41-
liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and should any such liens, claims or encumbrances
exist or arise with respect to such Common Units, neither the Partnership nor Summit REIT shall be
under any obligation to acquire such Common Units.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner
shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares
to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b)
hereof (regardless of whether or not Summit REIT would in fact purchase the Common Units pursuant
to Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined
in the Articles) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit
or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in the Articles) and calculated in accordance
therewith, except as provided in the Articles, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than
100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in Summit REIT
being closely held within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause Summit REIT to
own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a
TRS) of Summit REITs, the Partnerships or a Subsidiary Partnerships real property, within the
meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause Summit REIT to fail to qualify as
a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any eligible independent
contractor (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a qualified lodging
facility (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as
such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be integrated with
any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the
registration provisions of the Securities Act. Summit REIT, in its sole and absolute discretion,
may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.04(c).
(d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04
shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date;
provided
,
however
, that the General
Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90
days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide
financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount and may also delay such Specified
Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the
law. Any REIT Share Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04
shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date;
provided
,
however
, that the General
Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 180
days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued and may
also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with
applicable requirements of the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT agrees to use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units
hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized
to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state,
local or foreign law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partners exercise of the Common Unit
Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is
-42-
exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such
Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C-1
or
Exhibit C-2
, as applicable, and any similar forms or certificates
required to avoid or reduce the withholding under federal, state, local or foreign law or such
other form as the General Partner may reasonably request. If the Partnership, Summit REIT or the
General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a
Redeeming Limited Partners exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common
Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an
amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common
Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive
any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an
amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute
the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the
Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may place
appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit
Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary or reasonable to ensure that the Partnership does not
constitute a publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General
Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give
prompt written notice thereof (a
Restriction Notice
) to each of the Limited Partners, which
notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that,
in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the
Partnership being treated as a publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Code.
8.05
Registration
. Subject to the terms of any agreement between the General Partner
and a Limited Partner with respect to Common Units held by such Limited Partner:
(a)
Shelf Registration of the REIT Shares
. Following the date on which Summit REIT
becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities
under the Securities Act (the
S-3 Eligible Date
) Summit REIT shall file with the Commission a
shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a
Registration Statement
), or
any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, covering (i) the issuance of REIT Shares
issuable upon redemption of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner as of the date of this
Agreement (
Redemption Shares
) and/or (ii) the resale by the holder of the Redemption Shares;
provided
,
however
, that Summit REIT shall be required to file only two such
registrations in any 12-month period. In connection therewith, Summit REIT will:
(1) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared
effective;
(2) register or qualify the Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement
under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as
required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required of it to
enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in
-43-
such jurisdictions of the Redemption Shares;
provided
,
however
, that
Summit REIT shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a
general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which it would not otherwise
be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities; and
(3) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with a Registration Statement.
Summit REIT further agrees to supplement or make amendments to each Registration Statement, if
required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form utilized by
Summit REIT or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for such Registration
Statement. Each Limited Partner agrees to furnish to Summit REIT, upon request, such information
with respect to the Limited Partner as may be required to complete and file the Registration
Statement.
In connection with and as a condition to Summit REITs obligations with respect to the filing
of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 8.05, each Limited Partner agrees with Summit
REIT that:
(w) it will provide in a timely manner to Summit REIT such information with respect to the
Limited Partner as reasonably required to complete the Registration Statement or as otherwise
required to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations;
(x) it will not offer or sell its Redemption Shares until (A) such Redemption Shares have been
included in a Registration Statement and (B) it has received notice that the Registration Statement
covering such Redemption Shares, or any post-effective amendment thereto, has been declared
effective by the Commission, such notice to have been satisfied by the posting by the Commission on
www.sec.gov
of a notice of effectiveness;
(y) if Summit REIT determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel,
that the use of the Registration Statement, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto,
or the use of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement would require the disclosure
of important information that Summit REIT has a
bona fide
business purpose for preserving as
confidential or the disclosure of which, in the judgment of Summit REIT, would impede Summit REITs
ability to consummate a significant transaction, upon written notice of such determination by
Summit REIT (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press
release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited
Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information
may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under
securities laws), the rights of each Limited Partner to offer, sell or distribute its Redemption
Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or prospectus or to require Summit REIT to take
action with respect to the registration or sale of any Redemption Shares pursuant to a Registration
Statement (including any action contemplated by this Section 8.05) will be suspended until the date
upon which Summit REIT notifies such Limited Partner in writing (which notice shall be deemed
sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if
such notice is not publicly distributed, the
-44-
Limited Partner
agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may
constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities
laws) that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this paragraph is no longer
necessary;
provided
,
however
, that Summit REIT may not suspend such rights for an
aggregate period of more than 180 days in any 12-month period; and
(z) in the case of the registration of any underwritten equity offering proposed by Summit
REIT (other than any registration by Summit REIT on Form S-8, or a successor or substantially
similar form, of an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or of securities
issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan, each Limited Partner will agree, if requested in
writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters administering such offering, not to effect any
offer, sale or distribution of any REIT Shares or Redemption Shares (or any option or right to
acquire REIT Shares or Redemption Shares) during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to
the expected effective date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of the registration
statement covering such underwritten primary equity offering or, if such offering shall be a
take-down from an effective shelf registration statement, the tenth day prior to the expected
commencement date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of such offering, and ending on the
date specified by such managing underwriter in such written request to the Limited Partners;
provided
,
however
, that no Limited Partner shall be required to agree not to effect
any offer, sale or distribution of its Redemption Shares for a period of time that is longer than
the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any senior executive of Summit REIT is
required so to agree in connection with such offering. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to
limit the ability of any Limited Partner to redeem its Common Units in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.
(b)
Listing on Securities Exchange
. If Summit REIT lists or maintains the listing of
REIT Shares on any securities exchange or national market system, it shall, at its expense and as
necessary to permit the registration and sale of the Redemption Shares hereunder, list thereon,
maintain and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Redemption Shares.
(c)
Registration Not Required
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT shall not
be required to file or maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to
Redemption Shares after the first date upon which, in the opinion of counsel to Summit REIT, all of
the Redemption Shares covered thereby could be sold by the holders thereof either (i) pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto (Rule 144) without limitation as
to amount or manner of sale or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 in one transaction in accordance with the
volume limitations contained in Rule 144(e).
(d)
Allocation of Expenses
. The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with
the Registration Statement, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to filing with
the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (ii) registration fees, (iii) printing expenses,
(iv) accounting and legal fees and expenses, except to the extent holders of Redemption Shares
elect to engage accountants or attorneys in addition to the accountants and attorneys engaged by
Summit REIT or the Partnership, which fees and expenses for such accountants or attorneys shall be
for the account of the holders of the Redemption Shares, (v) accounting expenses incident to or
required by any such registration or qualification and
-45-
(vi) expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in connection
with such registration or qualification;
provided
,
however
, neither the Partnership
nor Summit REIT shall be liable for (A) any discounts or commissions to any underwriter or broker
attributable to the sale of Redemption Shares, or (B) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of
Redemption Shares in connection with such registration that, according to the written instructions
of any regulatory authority, the Partnership or Summit REIT is not permitted to pay.
(e)
Indemnification
.
(i) In connection with the Registration Statement, the General Partner and the
Partnership agree to indemnify each holder of Redemption Shares and each Person who controls
any such holder of Redemption Shares within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act,
against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of
investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact
contained in the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if Summit REIT shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or
caused by any omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement,
alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission based upon information furnished to
Summit REIT by the Limited Partner of the holder for use therein. Summit REIT and each
officer, director and controlling person of Summit REIT and the Partnership shall be
indemnified by each Limited Partner or holder of Redemption Shares covered by the
Registration Statement for all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses
(including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue,
statement or any omission, or alleged omission, based upon information furnished to Summit
REIT by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein.
(ii) Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8.05(e) of notice
of the commencement of any action against such indemnified party in respect of which
indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against any indemnifying party under this Section
8.05(e), such indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement of such action, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not
relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under
this Section 8.05(e) unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of
such action. In case notice of commencement of any such action shall be given to the
indemnifying party as above provided, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel
chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party
shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the
defense thereof, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable
costs of investigation) shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying
party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of
such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named
parties to any such action
-46-
(including any impleaded parties) have been advised by such counsel that representation of such indemnified
party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable
standards of professional conduct (in which case the indemnified party shall have the right
to separate counsel and the indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such separate counsel, provided that, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for more
than one separate counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding entered into without its consent.
(f)
Contribution
.
(i) If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 8.05(e)
hereof are either unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in
respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the party
that would otherwise be required to provide indemnification or the indemnifying party (in
either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the
Indemnifying Party
) in respect of
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable
by the party that would otherwise be entitled to indemnification or the indemnified party
(in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the
Indemnified Party
) as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expense, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified
Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the
Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the
Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access
to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount
paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses
reasonably incurred by such party.
(ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 8.05(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders
were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does
not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph. No person or entity determined to have committed a fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.
(iii) The contribution provided for in this Section 8.05(f) shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
-47-
ARTICLE IX
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
9.01
Purchase for Investment
.
(a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the
Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the
acquisition of such Limited Partners Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and
not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such
Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partners Partnership
Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or
otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General
Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.
9.02
Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units
.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b) and (c) hereof, no Limited Partner may
offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited
Partners Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partners economic rights as a Limited Partner,
whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a
Transfer
) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in
its sole and absolute discretion;
provided
,
however
, that the term Transfer does
not include (a) any redemption of Common Units by the Partnership or Summit REIT, or acquisition of
Common Units by Summit REIT, pursuant to
Section 8.04
or (b) any redemption of Partnership
Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The General Partner may require, as a
condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by
the Partnership in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, cost of legal counsel).
(b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted
Transfer (
i.e.
, a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or a Transfer pursuant
to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partners Partnership Units pursuant to this Article
IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partners Common Units pursuant to Section
8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partners Common Units,
such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
(c) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part,
if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the
registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any
applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability
standards).
(d) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be
made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would
result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation
-48-
(other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code),
(ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of
Summit REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject Summit REIT to any additional taxes under
Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and
absolute discretion, that such Transfer, along or in connection with other Transfers, could cause
the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on an established securities market or a
secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of
the Code, provided that the General Partner may presume that any proposed Transfer of Partnership
Units during calendar year 2011 will cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable
on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)or (iv) in the opinion of legal
counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer is reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to fail to
satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described in Section 7704(c) of the Code.
(e) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall
be void
ab initio
and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General
Partner or the Partnership.
(f) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the
transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and other documents as
the General Partner shall request in connection with such Transfer.
9.03
Admission of Substitute Limited Partner
.
(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units
of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or
other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited
Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given
or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory
completion of the following:
(i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions
of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised
Exhibit A
, and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may
require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
(ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such
Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance
with the Act.
(iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set
forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section
9.01(b) hereof.
(iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust,
the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence
-49-
satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignees authority to become a
Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
(v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and
provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.
(vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership
and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution
as a Limited Partner.
(vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner
to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in
the exercise of the General Partners sole and absolute discretion.
(b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the
Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the
records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section
9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the
transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments
of transfer and substitution.
(c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by
preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and
publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the
satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited
Partner of the Partnership.
9.04
Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units
.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by
operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize
the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received
notice thereof.
(b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partners Partnership
Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of
such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same
extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its
Partnership Units.
9.05
Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner
.
The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or
a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be
limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the
business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is
entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited
Partner dies, such Limited Partners executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited
Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partners committee,
-50-
guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of
settling or managing such Limited Partners estate property and such power as the bankrupt,
deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited
Partners Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the
admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
9.06
Joint Ownership of Partnership Units
. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two
individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship,
provided
that such individuals
either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written
consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to
constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit;
provided
,
however
,
that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been
provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single
joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint
owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of
survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner
and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a
jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received certificated notice of such death. Upon
notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership
Unit to be divided into two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by
each of the former owners.
ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
10.01
Books and Records
. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the
General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnerships specified office true and
complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including:
(a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of
the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the
Partnerships federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement
and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all
documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized
representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to
a copy of such records if reasonably requested.
10.02
Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts
.
(a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more
accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall
determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General
Partner may, from time to time, determine.
(b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the
Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be
commingled with the funds of any Person other than the General Partner except for such
-51-
commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies
permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
10.03
Fiscal and Taxable Year
. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall
be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
10.04
Annual Tax Information and Report
. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner
at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partners
individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
10.05
Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments
.
(a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters
Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and
required, respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have
the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the
Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the
Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General
Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the
General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment
within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which petition shall be
mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to
all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the General Partners reasons for
determining not to file such a petition.
(b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any
applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute
discretion.
(c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner,
the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the
Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of
this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in
interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing,
maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this
Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect
to such election.
(d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an
election (the
Safe Harbor Election
) to have the liquidation value safe harbor provided in
Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal
Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is
issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the
Safe Harbor
), apply to
any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election
remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively,
such interests are referred to as
Safe Harbor
-52-
Interests
). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe
Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners. The Partnership and the Partners
(including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the
performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including
forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S.
federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe
Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also
authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that
the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be
intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
(e) Each Limited Partner shall be required to provide such information as reasonably requested
by the Partnership in order to determine whether such Limited Partner (i) owns, directly or
constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5)
of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), five percent (5%) or more of the of the value of
the Partnership or (ii) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of
the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), ten
percent (10%) or more of (a) the stock, by voting power or value, of a tenant (other than a
taxable REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code) of the Partnership that
is a corporation or (b) the assets or net profits of a tenant of the Partnership that is a
noncorporate entity.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER
11.01
Amendment of Agreement
.
The General Partners consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The
General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any
respect;
provided
,
however
, that the following amendments shall require the consent
of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General
Partner):
(a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit
Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the
Limited Partners in any material respect;
(b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive
the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional
Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
(c) any amendment that would alter the Partnerships allocations of Profit and Loss to the
Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant
to Section 4.02 hereof;
(d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional
Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or
-53-
(e) any amendment to this Article XI.
11.02
Merger of Partnership
.
The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may (i) merge or consolidate
the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership,
limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the
Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the Limited Partners (other than the General
Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) receives
consideration as set forth in Section 7.01(c)(ii) hereof or the transaction complies with Sections
7.01(c)(iii) or 7.01(d) hereof and may amend this Agreement in connection with any such transaction
consistent with the provisions of this Article XI;
provided
,
however
, that the
consent of a Majority in Interest shall be required in the case of any other (a) merger or
consolidation of the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited
partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (b) sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Partnership.
ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.01
Notices
. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, by email, by press
release, by posting on the Web site of the General Partner, or upon deposit in the United States
mail, registered, first-class postage prepaid return receipt requested, or via courier to the
Partners at the addresses set forth in
Exhibit A
attached hereto, as it may be amended or
restated from time to time;
provided
,
however
, that any Partner may specify a
different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices
to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its principal office
address set forth in Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a
different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
12.02
Survival of Rights
. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and
their permitted respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
12.03
Additional Documents
. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and
execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary,
appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
12.04
Severability
. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal,
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable
from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity
or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof. To the extent permitted under
applicable law, the severed provision shall be interpreted or modified so as to be enforceable to
the maximum extent permitted by law.
12.05
Entire Agreement
. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the
entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and
-54-
contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
12.06
Pronouns and Plurals
. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement
indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the
masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
12.07
Headings
. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular
Article.
12.08
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed by hand or by power of attorney in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto,
notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
12.09
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware.
[
Signature page follows.
]
-55-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this First
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the 14
th
day of
February, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PARTNER:
SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,
|
|
|
|
a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Chairman
|
|
|
|
LIMITED PARTNER:
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Chairman
|
|
|
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED PARTNER:
THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.
a South Dakota corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Chairman
|
|
|
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED PARTNER:
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gary Tharaldson
|
|
|
|
|
GARY THARALDSON
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP
EXHIBIT A
(As of February 14, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnership Units
|
|
|
Name and Address of Partner
|
|
(Type and Amount)
|
|
Percentage Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PARTNER:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summit Hotel GP, LLC
c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 South Minnesota Avenue,
Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
|
|
37,378 Common Units
|
|
|
0.1000
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED PARTNERS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 South Minnesota Avenue,
Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
|
|
27,240,622 Common Units
|
|
|
72.8788
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Limited Partners listed on
Schedule 1
attached hereto and
incorporated by reference herein
|
|
10,100,000 Common Units
|
|
|
27.0212
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL:
|
|
37,378,000 Common Units
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Exhibit A-1
Schedule 1 to Exhibit A
Exhibit A-2
EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended (the
Agreement) of Summit Hotel OP, LP, the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption
________ Common Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the
Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units
and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares
Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise
of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares
(as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the
name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and
certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights and
interests of any person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the
full right, power and authority to cause the redemption of the Common Units as provided herein; and
(c) has obtained the approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or
approve the Common Units for redemption.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Limited Partner:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature of Limited Partner or Authorized
Representative)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Mailing Address)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
Name:
Please insert Social Security or Identifying Number:
Exhibit B-1
EXHIBIT C-1
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), in the
event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i)
50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests
(USRPIs), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the
gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to
withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit
Hotel GP, LLC (the General Partner) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the Partnership) that no
withholding is required with respect to the redemption by ____________ (Partner) of its Common
Units in the Partnership, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:
1.
|
|
Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate,
as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
|
2.
|
|
Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section
1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).
|
3. The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is ____________.
4.
|
|
The principal business address of Partner is: _________________________,
__________________________ and Partners place of incorporation is ____________.
|
5.
|
|
Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time
during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
|
6.
|
|
Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service
by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by
fine, imprisonment, or both.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTNER:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C-1-1
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have
authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
Exhibit C-1-2
EXHIBIT C-2
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), in the
event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i)
50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests
(USRPIs), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the
gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to
withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit
Hotel GP, LLC (the General Partner) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the Partnership) that no
withholding is required with respect to my redemption of my Common Units in the Partnership, I,
___________, hereby certify the following:
1. I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is ____________.
3. My home address is: _____________________.
4.
|
|
I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time
during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
|
5.
|
|
I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the
General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine,
imprisonment, or both.
|
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
Exhibit C-2-1
EXHIBIT D
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of
LTIP Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP (the Partnership) set forth below into Common Units in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended;
and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion
be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and
certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or
interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has
the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein;
and (c) has obtained the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the
right to consent to or approve such conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Holder:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of this Notice:
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
|
|
|
|
|
(City)
|
|
(State)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
Exhibit D-1
EXHIBIT E
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
Summit Hotel OP, LP (the Partnership) hereby elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held
by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in accordance with
the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended, effective as of
____________ (the Conversion Date).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Holder:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of this Notice:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit E-1
Exhibit 10.2
TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
THIS TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2011
by and among SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the Partnership), and THE
SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation and Class B member (the Member) in Summit Hotel
Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the Merging Entity).
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2010, (the Merger
Agreement), the Merging Entity will merge into the Partnership, with the Partnership surviving,
with the Member, along with the other members of the Merging Entity, exchanging its interest in the
Merging Entity for partnership units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership (Units);
WHEREAS, it is intended for federal income tax purposes that the Partnership will be treated as a
continuation of the Merging Entity for federal income tax purposes;
WHEREAS, in consideration for the agreement of the Merging Entity to consummate the merger of the
Merging Entity into the Partnership, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement regarding
certain tax matters as set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, the Partnership desires to evidence its agreement regarding amounts that may be payable in
the event of certain actions being taken by the Partnership regarding certain debt obligations of
the Partnership and its subsidiaries.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
To the extent not otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Partnership Agreement (as defined below).
Bottom Guarantee
has the meaning set forth in Section
2.1
.
Closing Date
means the date on which the Merger will be effective.
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Consent
means the prior written consent to do the act or thing for which the consent
is required or solicited, which consent may be executed by a duly authorized officer or agent of
the party granting such consent.
Deficit Restoration Obligation
means a written obligation by a Protected Partner to
restore part or all of its deficit capital account in the Partnership upon the occurrence
of certain events (which written obligation may provide for an indemnity in favor of the
general partner of the Partnership).
Guaranteed Amount
means the aggregate amount of each Guaranteed Debt that is
guaranteed at any time by Partner Guarantors.
Guaranteed Debt
means any loans incurred (or assumed) by the Partnership or any of
its subsidiaries that are guaranteed by Partner Guarantors at any time after the Closing Date
pursuant to Article 2 hereof.
Indirect Owner
means, in the case of a Protected Partner that is an entity that is
classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation for federal income tax
purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such Protected Partner, and in the case of any
Indirect Owner that itself is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or
subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in
such entity.
Liability Amount
means, for each Protected Partner, the amount set forth next to
such Protected Partners name on Schedule 2.1(b) hereto.
Nonrecourse Liability
has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section
1.752-1(a)(2).
Partner Guarantors
means those Protected Partners who have guaranteed any portion of
the Guaranteed Debt.
Partnership
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Partnership Agreement
means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of
February 14, 2011, as amended, and as the same may be
further amended in accordance with the terms thereof.
Protected Partner
means those persons set forth as Protected Partners on Schedule
2.1(a), and any person who (i) acquires Units from a Protected Partner in a transaction in which
gain or loss is not recognized in whole or in part and in which such transferees adjusted basis
for federal income tax purposes is determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted
basis of the Protected Partner in such Units, (ii) has notified the Partnership of its status as a
Protected Partner and (iii) provides all documentation reasonably requested by the Partnership to
verify such status, but excludes any person that ceases to be a Protected Partner pursuant to this
Agreement.
REIT
means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Tax Protection Period
means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending,
with respect to a Protected Partner, at the earlier of such time as (i) such Protected Partner (or
one or more successor Protected Partners) has disposed of 100% of the Units received, directly or
indirectly, in the Merger by such Protected Partner in one or more taxable
2
transactions or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the closing of an underwritten initial public
offering of the common stock of the REIT.
Units
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
ARTICLE 2
ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES; GUARANTEE AND DEFICIT RESTORATION
OBLIGATION OPPORTUNITY
2.1
Minimum Liability Allocation
. During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership
will offer to each Protected Partner the opportunity, in the Partnerships discretion, either (i)
to enter into a bottom dollar guarantee of certain liabilities of the Partnership (substantially
in the form set forth in Schedule 2.1(c)) pursuant to which the lender for the guaranteed liability
is required to pursue all other collateral and security for the guaranteed liability (other than
any bottom dollar guarantees) prior to seeking to collect on such a guarantee, and the lender
shall have recourse against the guarantee only if, and solely to the extent that, the total amount
recovered by the lender with respect to the guaranteed liability after the lender has exhausted its
remedies is less than the aggregate of the guaranteed amounts with respect to such liability, and
the maximum aggregate liability of each partner for all guaranteed liabilities shall be limited to
the amount actually guaranteed by such partner (a Bottom Guarantee) or (ii) to enter into a
Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in such amount or amounts so as to cause a special
allocation of partnership liabilities to such Protected Partner for purposes of Section 752 of the
Code in an amount equal to such Protected Partners Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing
Date) and to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of
the Code that increases the Protected Partners at risk amount by an amount equal to such
Protected Partners Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date).
2.2.
Repayment or Refinancing of Guaranteed Debt
. If the Partnership, at any time
during the Tax Protection Period applicable to a Partner Guarantor, repays or refinances all or any
portion of any Guaranteed Debt, the Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure
that (i) after taking into account such repayment, each Partner Guarantor would be entitled to
include in its basis for its Units an amount of Guaranteed Debt equal to its Liability Amount, or
(ii) alternatively, the Partnership, not less than thirty (30) days prior to such repayment or
refinancing, offers to the applicable Partner Guarantor the opportunity, in the Partnerships
discretion, either (A) to enter into a Bottom Guarantee with respect to other indebtedness of the
Partnership, or (B) to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in an amount
sufficient so that, taking into account such Bottom Guarantee of such other Partnership
indebtedness or such Deficit Restoration Obligation, as applicable, each Partner Guarantor who
makes such Bottom Guarantee or enters into a Deficit Restoration Obligation in the amount specified
by the Partnership would be entitled to include in its adjusted tax basis for its Units debt equal
to the Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date) for such Partner Guarantor.
2.3
Deficit Restoration Obligation
. The Partnership will use commercially reasonable
efforts to maintain an amount of indebtedness of the Partnership that would be
3
considered recourse indebtedness (taking into account all of the facts and circumstances
related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to or greater than the
sum of the amounts subject to a Deficit Restoration Obligation of all Protected Partners and other
partners in the Partnership. The Deficit Restoration Obligation shall be conclusively presumed to
cause the Protected Partner to be allocated an amount of liabilities equal to the Deficit
Restoration Obligation amount of such Protected Partner for purposes of Sections 465 and 752 of the
Code,
provided that
(1) the Partnership maintains an amount of debt that is considered recourse
indebtedness (determined for purposes of Section 752 of the Code and taking into account all of the
facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal
to the aggregate Deficit Restoration Obligation amounts of all partners of the Partnership and (2)
all other terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such Deficit
Restoration Obligation are met.
ARTICLE 3
REMEDIES FOR BREACH
3.1
Monetary Damages
. In the event that the Partnership breaches its obligations set
forth in Article 2 with respect to a Protected Partner the Protected Partners sole right shall be
to receive from the Partnership, and the Partnership shall pay to such Protected Partner as
damages, an amount equal to the aggregate federal, state and local income taxes incurred by the
Protected Partner or an Indirect Owner as a result of the income or gain allocated to, or otherwise
recognized by, such Protected Partner with respect to its Units by reason of such breach. For the
avoidance of doubt, so long as the Partnership provides the opportunity to a Protected Partner to
enter into a Bottom Guarantee or Deficit Restoration Obligation pursuant to the forms attached
hereto or otherwise agreed to by the parties and the Partnership uses commercially reasonable
efforts to maintain outstanding the relevant partnership liabilities in accordance with Article 2,
the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 3.1 in the event it is determined
that a Protected Partner has not been specially allocated for purposes of Section 752 of the Code
an amount of partnership liabilities equal to such Protected Partners Liability Amount or is not
treated as receiving a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of
the Code that increases such Protected Partners at risk amount by an amount equal to such
Protected Partners Liability Amount. Furthermore, the Partnership shall have no liability
pursuant to this Section 3.1 if the Partnership merges into another entity treated as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes or the Protected Partner accepts an offer to exchange its OP Units
for equity interests in another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes so
long as, in either case, such successor entity assumes or agrees to assume the Partnerships
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
For purposes of computing the amount of federal, state, and local income taxes required to be
paid by a Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner), (i) any deduction for state income taxes payable
as a result thereof actually allowed in computing federal income taxes shall be taken into account,
and (ii) a Protected Partners (or Indirect Owners) tax liability shall be computed using the
highest federal, state and local marginal income tax rates that would be applicable to such
Protected Partners (or Indirect Owners) taxable income (taking into account the character and
type of such income or gain) for the year with respect to which the taxes must be paid, without
regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available to such Protected Partner (or
Indirect Owner) that would reduce or offset its actual taxable income or
4
actual tax liability if such deductions, losses or credits could be utilized by the Protected
Partner (or Indirect Owner) to offset other income, gain or taxes of the Protected Partner (or
Indirect Owner), either in the current year, in earlier years, or in later years).
3.2
Process for Determining Damages
. If the Partnership has breached or violated any
of the covenants set forth in Article 2 (or a Protected Partner asserts that the Partnership has
breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2), the Partnership and the
Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disagreements
regarding any such breach or violation and the amount of damages, if any, payable to such Protected
Partner (or Indirect Owner) under Section
3.1
. If any such disagreement cannot be resolved
by the Partnership and such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) within sixty (60) days after the
receipt of notice from the Partnership of such breach and the amount of income to be recognized by
reason thereof (or, if applicable, receipt by the Partnership of an assertion by a Protected
Partner that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2),
the Partnership and the Protected Partner shall jointly retain a nationally recognized independent
public accounting firm (an Accounting Firm) to act as an arbitrator to resolve as expeditiously
as possible all points of any such disagreement (including, without limitation, whether a breach of
any of the covenants set forth Article 2 has occurred and, if so, the amount of damages to which
the Protected Partner is entitled as a result thereof, determined as set forth in Section
3.1
). All determinations made by the Accounting Firm with respect to the resolution of any
breach or violation of any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 and the amount of damages
payable to the Protected Partner under Section
3.1
shall be final, conclusive and binding
on the Partnership and the Protected Partner. The fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm
incurred in connection with any such determination shall be shared equally by the Partnership and
the Protected Partner,
provided that
if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by
the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) higher than the amount
proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the
matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in
connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Partnership and if the amount
determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more
than five percent (5%) less than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such
Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the
fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall
be paid by the Protected Partner.
3.3
Required Notices; Time for Payment
. In the event that there has been a breach of
Article 2, the Partnership shall provide to each affected Protected Partner notice of the
transaction or event giving rise to such breach not later than at such time as the Partnership
provides to the Protected Partners the IRS Schedule K-1s to the Partnerships federal income tax
return. All payments required under this Article 3 to any Protected Partner shall be made to such
Protected Partner on or before April 15 of the year following the year in which the gain
recognition event giving rise to such payment took place;
provided that
, if the Protected Partner
is required to make estimated tax payments that would include such gain (taking into account all
available safe harbors), the Partnership shall make a payment to the Protected Partner on or before
the due date for such estimated tax payment and such payment from the Partnership shall be in an
amount that corresponds to the amount of the estimated tax being paid by such Protected
5
Partner at such time. In the event of a payment required after the date required pursuant to
this Section
3.3
, interest shall accrue on the aggregate amount required to be paid from
such date to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to the prime rate of interest, as
published in the Wall Street Journal (or if no longer published there, as announced by Citibank,
N.A.) effective as of the date the payment is required to be made.
ARTICLE 4
AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS;
APPROVAL OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
4.1
Amendment
. This Agreement may not be amended, directly or indirectly (including
by reason of a merger between either the Partnership or the REIT and another entity) except by a
written instrument signed by the Partnership and each of the Protected Partners to be subject to
such amendment, except that the Partnership may amend Schedules
2.1(a)
and
2.1(b)
upon a person becoming a Protected Partner as a result of a transfer of Units.
4.2
Waiver
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request by the Partnership,
each Protected Partner, in its sole discretion, may waive the payment of any damages that are
otherwise payable to such Protected Partner pursuant to Article 3 hereof. Such a waiver shall be
effective only if obtained in writing from the affected Protected Partner.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1
Additional Actions and Documents
. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to
take or cause to be taken such further actions, to execute, deliver, and file or cause to be
executed, delivered and filed such further documents, and will obtain such consents, as may be
necessary or as may be reasonably requested in order to fully effectuate the purposes, terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
5.2
Assignment
. No party hereto shall assign its or his rights or obligations under
this Agreement, in whole or in part, except by operation of law, without the prior written consent
of the other parties hereto, and any such assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and
void and of no force and effect.
5.3
Successors and Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of the Protected Partners and their respective successors and permitted assigns,
whether so expressed or not. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Partnership and any entity
that is a direct or indirect successor, whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise, to all
or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (or any prior successor thereto as set forth
in the preceding portion of this sentence),
provided that
none of the foregoing shall result in the
release of liability of the Partnership hereunder. The Partnership covenants with and for the
benefit of the Protected Partners not to undertake any transfer of all or substantially all of the
assets of either entity (whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise) unless the transferee
has acknowledged in writing and agreed in writing to be bound by this Agreement,
provided that
6
the foregoing shall not be deemed to permit any transaction otherwise prohibited by this
Agreement.
5.4
Modification; Waiver
. No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in
exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to
enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of
any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No modification or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any party therefrom, shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or
demand on any party in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand
in similar or other circumstances.
5.5
Representations and Warranties Regarding Authority; Noncontravention
. The
Partnership has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its
obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Partnership and the
performance of each of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary
partnership action on the part of the Partnership. This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Partnership and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Partnership,
enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be
limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws (or other laws affecting creditors rights
generally) or (ii) general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the Partnership does not, and the performance of each of its respective obligations hereunder will
not, conflict with, or result in any violation of (i) the Partnership Agreement or (ii) any other
agreement applicable to the Partnership, other than, in the case of clause (ii), any such conflicts
or violations that would not materially adversely affect the performance by the Partnership of its
obligations hereunder.
5.6
Captions
. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement for
any purpose, and shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of
the provisions hereof.
5.7
Notices
. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall
be in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered, mailed or
transmitted, and shall be effective upon receipt, if delivered personally, mailed by registered or
certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the parties at the following
addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like changes of address)
or sent by electronic transmission to the telecopier number specified below:
|
(i)
|
|
if to the Partnership, to:
|
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
7
Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388
|
(ii)
|
|
if to a Protected Partner, to the address on file with the
Partnership.
|
Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice, demand, request or
communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent. Each notice, demand, request, or
communication which shall be hand delivered, sent, mailed, telecopied or telexed in the manner
described above, or which shall be delivered to a telegraph company, shall be deemed sufficiently
given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the
addressee (with the return receipt, the delivery receipt, or (with respect to a telecopy or telex)
the answerback being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such
time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.
5.8
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of
which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.
5.9
Governing Law
. The interpretation and construction of this Agreement, and all
matters relating thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to
the choice of law provisions thereof.
5.10
Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability
.
5.10.1 This Agreement and the duties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be
enforceable against any of the parties in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such
purpose, each party hereto and the Protected Partners hereby irrevocably submits to the
nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Agreement
may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
5.10.2 Each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts
specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be conclusive and may
be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
5.11
Severability
. If any part of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable in any respect, such part shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or
unenforceability only, without in any way affecting the remaining parts of such provision or the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.
5.12
Costs of Disputes
. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement,
the nonprevailing party in any dispute arising hereunder shall bear and pay the costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by the prevailing
party or parties in connection with resolving such dispute.
5.13
Enforcement by Protected Partners
. The Protected Partners are the beneficiaries
of this Agreement and shall be able to enforce this Agreement as if they were parties to this
Agreement.
8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partnership and the Member have caused this Agreement to be signed by
their respective officers, general partners, or delegates thereunto duly authorized all as of the
date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
,
a Delaware limited partnership
|
|
|
By:
|
Summit Hotel GP, LLC,
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company,
|
|
|
|
its General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,
|
|
|
|
a Maryland corporation,
|
|
|
|
its sole member
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President
|
|
|
|
THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.
a South Dakota corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chairman and CEO
|
|
9
SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS TO THE TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
|
|
|
Schedule 2.1(a)
|
|
List of Protected Partners
|
Schedule 2.1(b)
|
|
Liability Amount
|
Schedule 2.1(c)
|
|
Form of Guarantee Agreement
|
10
Schedule 2.1(a)
List of Protected Partners
The Summit Group, Inc.
11
Schedule 2.1(b)
Liability Amount
|
|
|
|
|
Protected Partner
|
|
Liability Amount **/
|
The Summit Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
13,763,798
|
|
|
|
|
**
/
|
|
The estimated negative tax capital account of a Partner in the Partnership on the
closing date of the IPO that would be recognized as a result of the repayment of liabilities with
IPO proceeds, as determined by the Partnership in its sole discretion.
|
Schedule 2.1(c)
Form of Guaranty
1
/
GUARANTEE
This Guarantee is made and entered into as of the __ day of _______ 20__, by the persons
listed on
Exhibit A
annexed hereto (the
Guarantors
) for the benefit of the Lender
set forth on
Exhibit B
annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the
Lender
, which
term shall include any person or entity who hereafter holds the Note (as defined below) in
accordance with the terms thereof).
RECITALS
|
|
|
1
/
|
|
This Form of the Guarantee Agreement is
for Guaranteed Debt where the following conditions all are applicable:
|
|
(i)
|
|
there are no other guarantees in effect with
respect to such Guaranteed Debt;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
the collateral securing such Guaranteed Debt
is not collateral for any other indebtedness
that is senior to or pari passu with such
Guaranteed Debt;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
no additional guarantees with respect to
such Guaranteed Debt will be entered into during
the applicable Tax Protection Period;
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
the lender with respect to such Guaranteed
Debt is not the Partnership or other entity in
which the Partnership owns a direct or indirect
interest, the REIT, any other partner in the
Partnership, or any person related to any
partner in the Partnership as determined for
purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.752-2; and
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
none of the REIT, nor any other partner in
the Partnership, nor any person related to any
partner in the Partnership as determined for
purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2
shall have provided, or shall thereafter
provide, collateral for, or otherwise shall have
entered, or thereafter shall enter, into a
relationship that would cause such person or
entity to be considered to bear risk of loss
with respect to such Guaranteed Debt, as
determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.752-2.
|
If, and to the extent that, one or more of these conditions is not
applicable, appropriate changes to the attached Form of Guaranty will be
required in order to cause the various conditions set forth in Article 2 of the
Tax Protection Agreement to be satisfied.
WHEREAS, the Lender has loaned to the borrower set forth on
Exhibit B
(the
Borrower
) the amount set forth opposite such Lenders name on
Exhibit B
, which
loan (i) is evidenced by the promissory note described on
Exhibit C
hereto (the
Note
), (ii) has a current outstanding balance in the amount set forth on
Exhibit
B
annexed hereto, and (iii) is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on the collateral
described on
Exhibit D
annexed hereto (the
Deed of Trust
, with the property and
other assets securing such Deed of Trust referred to as the
Collateral
);
WHEREAS, the Borrower is either Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the
Partnership
), or a subsidiary of the Partnership in which the Partnership owns a 98% or
greater interest in the subsidiary;
WHEREAS, the Guarantors are limited partners in the Partnership; and
WHEREAS, the Guarantors are executing and delivering this Guarantee to guarantee a portion of
the Borrowers payments with respect to the Note, subject to and otherwise in accordance with the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and facts and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of
the Guarantors hereby agree as follows:
1.
Guarantee and Performance of Payment.
(a) The Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the collection by the
Lender of, and hereby agree to pay to the Lender upon demand (following (1) foreclosure of the Deed
of Trust, exercise of the powers of sale thereunder and/or acceptance by the Lender of a deed to
the Collateral in lieu of foreclosure, and (2) the exhaustion of the exercise of any and all
remedies available to the Lender against the Borrower, including, without limitation, realizing
upon the assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral against which the Lender may have
recourse), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Guaranteed Amount set forth on
Exhibit
B
over the Lender Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) (which excess is referred to as the
Aggregate Guarantee Liability). The amounts payable by each Guarantor in respect of the
guarantee obligations hereunder shall be in the same proportion as the dollar amounts listed next
to such Guarantors name on
Exhibit A
attached hereto bears to the total Guaranteed Amount
set forth on
Exhibit A
,
provided that
, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Guarantee, each Guarantors aggregate obligation under this Guarantee shall be limited to
the dollar amount set forth on
Exhibit A
attached hereto next to such Guarantors name.
The Guarantors obligations as set forth in this paragraph 1(a) are hereinafter referred to as the
Guaranteed Obligations
.
(b) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term
Lender Proceeds
shall mean the
aggregate of (i) the Foreclosure Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) plus (ii) all amounts collected
by the Lender from the Borrower (other than payments of principal, interest or other amounts
required to be paid by the Borrower to Lender under the terms of the Note that are paid by the
Borrower to the Lender at a time when no default has occurred under the Note and is continuing) or
realized by the Lender from the sale of assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral.
(c) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term
Foreclosure Proceeds
shall have the
applicable meaning set forth below with respect to the Collateral:
|
1.
|
|
If at least one bona fide third party unrelated to the Lender
(and including, without limitation, any of the Guarantors) bids for such
Collateral at a sale thereof, conducted upon foreclosure of the related Deed of
Trust or exercise of the power of sale thereunder, Foreclosure Proceeds shall
mean the highest amount bid for such Collateral by the party that acquires
title thereto (directly or through a nominee) at or pursuant to such sale. For
the purposes of determining such highest bid, amounts bid for the Collateral by
the Lender shall be taken into account notwithstanding the fact that such bids
may constitute credit bids which offset against the amount due to the Lender
under the Note.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
If there is no such unrelated third-party at such sale of the
Collateral so that the only bidder at such sale is the Lender or its designee,
the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be fair market value (the
Fair
Market Value
) of the Collateral as of the date of the foreclosure sale, as
such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the Lender and the
Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
|
|
|
3.
|
|
If the Lender receives and accepts a deed to the Collateral in
lieu of foreclosure in partial satisfaction of the Borrowers obligations under
the Note, the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value
of such Collateral as of the date of delivery of the deed-in-lieu of
foreclosure, as such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the
Lender and the Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
|
(d) Fair Market Value of the Collateral (or any item thereof) shall be the price at which a
willing seller not compelled to sell would sell such Collateral, and a willing buyer not compelled
to buy would purchase such Collateral, free and clear of all mortgages but subject to all leases
and reciprocal easements and operating agreements. If the Lender and the Guarantor are unable to
agree upon the Fair Market Value of any Collateral in accordance with subparagraphs (c)1., 2. or 3.
above, as applicable, within twenty (20) days after the date of the foreclosure sale or the
delivery of the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, as applicable, relating to such Collateral, either
party may have the Fair Market Value of such Collateral determined by appraisal by appointing an
appraiser having the qualifications set forth below to determine the same and by notifying the
other party of such appointment within twenty (20) days after the expiration of such twenty (20)
day period. If the other party shall fail to notify the first party, within twenty (20) days after
its receipt of notice of the appointment by the first party, of the appointment by the other party
of an appraiser having the qualifications set forth below, the appraiser appointed by the first
party shall alone make the determination of such Fair Market Value. Appraisers appointed by the
parties shall be members of the Appraisal Institute (MAI) and shall have at least ten years
experience in the valuation of properties similar to the Collateral being valued in the greater
metropolitan area in which such Collateral is located. If each party shall appoint an appraiser
having the aforesaid qualifications and if such appraisers
cannot, within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second appraiser, agree upon the
determination hereinabove required, then they shall select a third appraiser which third appraiser
shall have the aforesaid qualifications, and if they fail so to do within forty (40) days after the
appointment of the second appraiser they shall notify the parties hereto, and either party shall
thereafter have the right, on notice to the other, to apply for the appointment of a third
appraiser to the chapter of the American Arbitration Association or its successor organization
located in the metropolitan area in which the Collateral is located or to which the Collateral is
proximate or if no such chapter is located in such metropolitan area, in the metropolitan area
closest to the Collateral in which such a chapter is located. Each appraiser shall render its
decision as to the Fair Market Value of the Collateral in question within thirty (30) days after
the appointment of the third appraiser and shall furnish a copy thereof to the Lender and the
Guarantor. The Fair Market Value of the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of (i)
the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser and (ii) whichever of the Fair Market
Values determined by the first two appraisers is closer to the Fair Market Value determined by the
third appraiser;
provided
,
however
, that if the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser
is higher or lower than both Fair Market Values determined by the first two appraisers, such Fair
Market Value determined by the third appraiser shall be disregarded and the Fair Market Value of
the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of the Fair Market Value determined by the
first two appraisers. The Fair Market Value of a Property, as so determined, shall be binding and
conclusive upon the Lender and the Guarantors. A Guarantor shall bear the cost of its own appraiser
and, subject to subparagraph 1(e), shall bear all reasonable costs of appointing, and the expenses
of, any other appraiser appointed pursuant to this subparagraph (1)(d).
(e) Notwithstanding anything in the preceding subparagraphs of this paragraph 1, (i) in no
event shall the aggregate amount required to be paid pursuant to this Guarantee by the Guarantors
as a group with respect to all defaults under the Note and the Deed of Trust securing the
obligations thereunder exceed the Guaranteed Amount set forth on
Exhibit B
hereto, and (ii)
the aggregate obligation of each Guarantor hereunder with respect to the Guaranteed Obligation
shall be limited to the lesser of (I) the product of (w) the Individual Guarantee Percentage for
such Guarantor set forth on
Exhibit A
hereto multiplied by (x) the Guaranteed Amount, or
(II) the product of (y) such Guarantors Individual Guarantee Percentage multiplied by (z) the
Aggregate Guarantee Liability.
(f) In confirmation of the foregoing, and without limitation, the Lender must first exhaust
all of its rights and remedies against all property of the Borrower as to which the Lender has (or
may have) a right of recourse, including, without limitation, the institution and prosecution to
completion of appropriate foreclosure proceedings under the Deed of Trust, before exercising any
right or remedy or making any claim, under this Guarantee.
(g) The obligations under this Guarantee shall be personal to each Guarantor and shall not be
affected by any transfer of all or any part of a Guarantors interests in the Partnership;
provided, however, that if a Guarantor has disposed of all of its equity interests in the
Partnership, the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee shall terminate 12 months after
the date of such disposition (the Termination Date) provided (i) the Guarantor notifies the
Lender that it is terminating its obligations under this Guarantee as of the Termination Date and
(ii) the fair market value of the Collateral exceeds the outstanding balance of the Note, including
accrued and unpaid interest, as of the Termination Date. Further, no
Guarantor shall have the right to recover from the Borrower any amounts such Guarantor pays
pursuant to this Guarantee (except and only to the extent that the amount paid to the Lender by
such Guarantor exceeds the amount required to be paid by such Guarantor under the terms of this
Guarantee).
(h) The obligations of any Guarantor who is an individual as a Guarantor hereunder shall
terminate with respect to such Guarantor one week after the death of such Guarantor if, as a result
of the death of such Guarantor, all property held by the Guarantor on the date of death would have
a basis for federal income tax purposes equal to the fair market value of such property on such
date (unless a later date were to be elected by the executor of the Guarantors estate in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code).
2.
Intent to Benefit Lender
. This Guarantee is expressly for the benefit of the
Lender. The Guarantors intend that the Lender shall have the right to enforce the obligations of
the Guarantors hereunder separately and independently of the Borrower, subject to the provisions of
paragraph 1 hereof, without any requirement whatsoever of resort by the Lender to any other party.
The Lenders rights to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder are material elements of
this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall not be modified, amended or terminated (other than as
specifically provided herein) without the written consent of the Lender. The Borrower shall
furnish a copy of this Guarantee to the Lender contemporaneously with its execution.
3.
Waivers
. Each Guarantor intends to bear the ultimate economic responsibility for
the payment hereof of the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent set forth in Paragraph 1 above.
Pursuant to such intent:
(a) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, each Guarantor expressly waives any
right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement or relationship) to compel the Lender, or any
subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to sue or enforce payment
thereof or pursue any other remedy in the power of the Borrower, the Lender or any subsequent
holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust whatsoever, and failure of the Borrower
or the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to do so
shall not exonerate, release or discharge a Guarantor from its absolute unconditional obligations
under this Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby binds and obligates itself, and its permitted
successors and assignees, for performance of the Guaranteed Obligations according to the terms
hereof, whether or not the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof are valid now or hereafter
enforceable against the Borrower or shall have been incurred in compliance with any of the
conditions applicable thereto, subject, however, in all respects to the Guarantee Limit and the
other limitations set forth in paragraph 1.
(b) Each Guarantor expressly waives any right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement, or
relationship) to compel any other person (including, but not limited to, the Borrower, the
Partnership, any subsidiary of the Partnership or the Borrower, or any other partner or affiliate
of the Partnership or the Borrower) to reimburse or indemnify such Guarantor for all or any portion
of amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee to the extent such amounts do not
exceed the amounts required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 1 hereof (taking
into account the limitations set forth therein).
(c) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, if and only to the extent that the
Borrower has made similar waivers under the Note or the Deed of Trust, each Guarantor expressly
waives: (i) the defense of the statute of limitations in any action hereunder or for the
collection or performance of the Note or the Deed of Trust; (ii) any defense that may arise by
reason of: the incapacity, or lack of authority of the Borrower, the revocation or repudiation
hereof by such Guarantor, the revocation or repudiation of the Note or the Deed of Trust by the
Borrower, the failure of the Lender to file or enforce a claim against the estate (either in
administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of the Borrower; the unenforceability in whole
or in part of the Note, the Deed of Trust or any other document or instrument related thereto; the
Lenders election, in any proceeding by or against the Borrower under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the federal Bankruptcy Code; or any borrowing or grant
of a security interest under Section 364 of the federal Bankruptcy Code; (iii) presentment, demand
for payment, protest, notice of discharge, notice of acceptance of this Guarantee or occurrence of,
or any default in connection with, the Note or the Deed of Trust, and indulgences and notices of
any other kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, notice of the disposition of any
collateral for the Note; (iv) any defense based upon an election of remedies (including, if
available, an election to proceed by non-judicial foreclosure) or other action or omission by the
Lender or any other person or entity which destroys or otherwise impairs any indemnification,
contribution or subrogation rights of such Guarantor or the right of such Guarantor, if any, to
proceed against the Borrower for reimbursement, or any combination thereof; (v) subject to
Paragraph 4 below, any defense based upon any taking, modification or release of any collateral or
guarantees for the Note, or any failure to create or perfect any security interest in, or the
taking of or failure to take any other action with respect to any collateral securing payment or
performance of the Note; (vi) any rights or defenses based upon any right to offset or claimed
offset by such Guarantor against any indebtedness or obligation now or hereafter owed to such
Guarantor by the Borrower; or (vii) any rights or defenses based upon any rights or defenses of the
Borrower to the Note or the Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, the failure or value of
consideration, any statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction, and the insolvency of the
Borrower); it being intended, except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, that such
Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder, to the extent set forth herein, notwithstanding any act,
omission or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of any of such
Guarantor or of the Borrower.
4.
Amendment of Note and Deed of Trust
. Without in any manner limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or beneficiary of the Deed of
Trust may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Guarantors, agree to any
amendment, waiver, modification or alteration of the Note or the Deed of Trust relating to the
Borrower and its rights and obligations thereunder (including, without limitation, renewal, waiver
or variation of the maturity of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, increase or reduction of
the rate of interest payable under the Note, release, substitution or addition of any Guarantor or
endorser and acceptance or release of any security for the Note), it being understood and agreed by
the Lender, however, that the Guarantors obligations hereunder are subject, in all events, to the
limitations set forth in Paragraph 1;
provided that
(i) in the event that the Lender consents to
the release of any Collateral securing the Note pursuant to the Deed of Trust, the Guaranteed
Amount shall be reduced by the Fair Market Value of such Collateral on the date of such release
(determined as set forth in Section 1(d)); and (ii) upon any material change to the Note or the
Deed of Trust, including, without limitation, the maturity date or the
interest rate of the Note, or upon any release or substitution of any Collateral securing the
Note, within thirty (30) days of any Guarantors receipt of actual notice of such event, subject to
the following sentence, such Guarantor may elect to terminate such Guarantors obligations under
this Guarantee by written notice to the Lender. Such termination shall take effect on the 31st day
following such actual notice,
provided that
no default under the Guaranteed Obligation has occurred
and is then continuing.
5.
Termination of Guarantee
. Subject to Paragraph 4, this Guarantee is irrevocable as
to any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations.
6.
Independent Obligations
. Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1, the
obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower, and a
separate action or actions may be brought by a Lender against the Guarantors, whether or not
actions are brought against the Borrower. Each Guarantor expressly waives any and all rights of
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which such
Guarantor may now or hereafter have against the Borrower, or any other person directly or
contingently liable for the payment or performance of the Note and the Deed of Trust arising from
the existence or performance of this Guarantee (including, but not limited to, the Partnership,
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., or any other partner of the Partnership) (except and only to the
extent that a Guarantor makes a payment to the Lender in excess of the amount required to be paid
under Paragraph 1 and the limitations set forth therein).
7.
Understanding With Respect to Waivers
. Each Guarantor warrants and represents that
each of the waivers set forth above are made with full knowledge of their significance and
consequences, and that under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to
public policy or law. If any of said waivers are determined to be contrary to any applicable law
or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the maximum extent permitted by law.
8.
No Assignment
. No Guarantor shall be entitled to assign his or her rights or
obligations under this Guarantee to any other person without the written consent of the Lender.
9.
Entire Agreement
. The parties agree that this Guarantee contains the entire
understanding and agreement between them with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be
amended, modified or superseded, except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.
10.
Notices
. Any notice given pursuant to this Guarantee shall be in writing and
shall be deemed given when delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, as follows:
If to the Partnership:
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388
or to such other address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set
forth above; and
If to a Guarantor, to the address set forth on
Exhibit A
hereto, or to such other
address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set forth above.
11.
Applicable Law
. This Guarantee shall be governed by, interpreted under and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of
law provisions.
12.
Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability
(a) This Guarantee and the duties and obligations of the parties hereto shall be enforceable
against each Guarantor in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such purpose, each
Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees
that all claims in respect of this Guarantee may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
(b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts
specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee shall be conclusive and may
be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
13.
Condition of Borrower
. Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition
of the Borrower and is executing and delivering this Guarantee based solely upon its own
independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in any manner upon any
representation or statement of the Lender or the Borrower. Each Guarantor represents and warrants
that it is in a position to obtain, and hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any
additional information concerning the Borrowers financial conditions and any other matter
pertinent hereto as it may desire, and it is not relying upon or expecting the Lender to furnish to
it any information now or hereafter in the Lenders possession concerning the same. By executing
this Guarantee, each Guarantor knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a
contract of this type, which risks it acknowledges.
14.
Expenses
. Each Guarantor agrees that, promptly after receiving Lenders notice
therefor, such Guarantor shall reimburse Lender, subject to the limitation set forth in
subparagraph 1(e) and to the extent that such reimbursement is not made by Borrower, for all
reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements)
incurred by Lender in connection with the collection of the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion
thereof or with the enforcement of this Guarantee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantors set forth on
Exhibit A
hereto have
executed this Guarantee as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTORS SET FORTH ON
EXHIBIT A
HERETO:
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A to Guarantee
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of Partner Guarantors
|
|
Guaranteed Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantors, as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual Guarantors:
|
|
Individual
Guarantee
Percentage
|
Exhibit B to Guarantee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
Debt Balance as of
|
|
Guaranteed
|
Name of Lender
|
|
Name of Borrower
|
|
of Loan
|
|
__/__/__
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C to Guarantee
Copy of Note
Exhibit D to Guarantee
Identification of Deed of Trust and
Brief Summary Description of Collateral
14
EXHIBIT 10.4
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
(this
Agreement
) is made as of the 14th
day of February, 2011, between the lessee entities set forth on
Exhibit A
attached
hereto and made a part hereof (collectively,
Owner
) and
INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
(
Operator
), a Delaware limited liability company.
RECITALS
A. Owner and its affiliates lease from Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
(the
OP
), and its affiliates described on
Exhibit A
(each a
Land Holder
and
collectively, the
Land Holders
, whether held as a Land Holder or as a ground lessee) the hotel
properties described in
Exhibit A
(each a
Hotel
and collectively, the
Hotels
) pursuant
to one or more Lease Agreements (each, a
Lease
). Summit Hotel OP is substantially owned by
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the
REIT
).
B. The Hotels, together with certain other hotels and lodging assets owned by Land Holders and
leased by Owner, comprise a portfolio of hotels, which prior to the date hereof were managed by The
Summit Group Inc. (
Prior Manager
) pursuant to the terms of five (5) certain management agreements
of varying dates entered into between 2003 and 2007 (as amended, the
Existing Management
Agreements
).
C. Owner desires Operator to assume management of the Hotels.
D. Pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement of even date herewith (the
Assignment
), Prior Manager has assigned all of its right, title and interest in the Existing
Management Agreements to Operator, and Operator has assumed the obligations of Prior Manager under
the Existing Management Agreements to the extent arising on or after the date of the Assignment, on
the terms and conditions set forth in the Assignment.
E. Owner and Operator desire to amend, restate and replace the Existing Management Agreements
with this Agreement, and evidence their agreement with respect to the operation, direction,
management, and supervision of the Hotels individually as more particularly set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE
, for and in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable
consideration, Owner and Operator agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE HOTEL
1.1. Owner and Operator acknowledge that each Hotel consists of and contains:
A. A building (the
Building
) with guest rooms and suites, restaurant(s), lounge(s), and
conference and meeting rooms together with the parcel of land on which the Building is located and
any outdoor parking areas or other facilities located on such land, all as more fully described on
Exhibit B
attached hereto and made a part hereof;
B. Mechanical systems and built-in installations (the
Installations
) in each Building including,
but not limited to, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems,
elevators and escalators, and built-in laundry, refrigeration and kitchen equipment;
C. Furniture, furnishings, wall coverings, floor coverings, window treatments, fixtures and hotel
equipment and vehicles (the
FF&E
);
D. Chinaware, glassware, silverware, linens, and other items of a similar nature (the
Operating
Equipment
);
E. Stock and inventories of paper supplies, cleaning materials and similar consumable items and
food and beverage (the
Operating Supplies
); and
F. Any whirlpool, fitness center, spa, on-site parking, pool , beach, club facilities, retail
facilities, restaurants and related amenities or facilities for each Hotel.
ARTICLE II
OPERATING TERM
2.1. This Agreement shall have a term (the
Operating Term
) commencing on the date hereof (the
Commencement Date
) and expiring on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the
Initial Term
), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or
unless extended as provided by the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise provided by the written
agreement of Owner and Operator. This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional terms of
thirty (30) days each (each, a
Renewal Term
) unless either party gives the other party written
notice of termination at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or thirty (30)
days prior to the end of the then-current Renewal Term. Owner and Operator, by mutual written
agreement, may renew this Agreement for a longer term and, in such case, such longer term shall be
a Renewal Term. Any and all reference contained herein to Term shall be deemed to include the
Operating Term, the Initial Term and the Renewal Term(s).
ARTICLE III
APPOINTMENT AND ENGAGEMENT OF OPERATOR
3.1. Owner hereby engages Operator as the exclusive operator of the Hotels during the Term and
Operator hereby accepts such engagement.
3.2. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Budgets, Operator shall have
control and discretion in all aspects of the operation, direction, management and supervision of
the Hotels. Such control and discretion of Operator shall include, without limitation, the
determination
2
of credit policies (including entering into agreements with credit card
organizations), terms of admittance, charges for rooms, food and beverage policies, employee wage,
benefits and severance policies, entertainment and amusement policies, leasing, licensing and
granting of concessions for commercial space at the Hotels, and all phases of advertising,
promotion and publicity relating to the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator
acknowledges that the contracts with credit card vendors listed on
Exhibit C
attached
hereto are required to remain in effect following the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of
the such contracts, and that Operator will not terminate such agreements (other than as permitted
under the terms of such agreements) without Owners prior written consent.
3.3. Operator shall operate, manage and maintain each Hotel and all of its facilities and
activities in a diligent and careful manner in accordance with the following standards (the
Hotel
Standard
) in order to maintain the condition and character of such Hotel and with the primary goal
of maximizing the Gross Operating Profit (as defined herein) of such Hotel:
(a) in a manner that is equal to or better than the operation of similar hotels in the area of
such Hotel and other similar hotels operated by Operator, to the extent consistent with the Budgets
and such Hotels facilities; and
(b) in accordance with the standards imposed by the hotel franchise agreement, if any,
applicable to such Hotel (a
Franchise Agreement
).
3.4. Operator shall make its senior executives available to meet with Owner at least once each
quarter and, in addition, at Owners reasonable request, consult with and advise Owner concerning
all policies and procedures affecting all phases of the conduct of business at the Hotels.
Operator shall in all events consult with Owner before implementing any material changes in
policies and procedures relating to the Hotels. Operator shall make the Key Hotel Personnel (as
defined in Section 4.7) for each Hotel available through the General Manager of such Hotel to meet
with Owner at least once per month and at additional times (including by teleconference) from time
to time upon Owners reasonable request, to review the operations of the Hotel and current matters
of import, and in each instance, Owner shall give Operator adequate advance notice, in no event to
be less than three (3) days advance notice. Operator shall in all events meet with Owner before
implementing any material changes in policies and procedures relating to any Hotel. Owner shall
not contact any other Hotel Employee regarding the operations of the Hotels.
3.5. During the Term, Operator, as agent and for the account of Owner, shall in accordance with the
Budgets (as defined in Section 8.4) and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, and only
to the extent Owner has provided sufficient funds therefor, either through Hotels operations or
directly from Owner:
|
A.
|
|
Recruit, train, direct, supervise, employ and dismiss on-site staff (the
Hotel
Employees
) for the operation of the Hotels, and in connection therewith establish and
maintain an affirmative action plan for the Hotels; provided, however, no employment
agreement for any Hotel Employee shall contain an automatic renewal
provision without the prior written consent of the Owner specifically referring to
such renewal provision;
|
3
|
B.
|
|
Develop and implement advertising, marketing, promotion, publicity and other
similar programs for the Hotels;
|
|
|
C.
|
|
(i) Negotiate and enter into leases, licenses and concession agreements for
stores, office space and lobby space at the Hotels (including without limitation, car
rental counters and gift shops) and commercial space, if any, that is adjacent to or
otherwise part of the Hotels (including without limitation, rooftop antennas)
(collectively, the
Leases
), collect the rent under such Leases and otherwise
administer the Leases and (ii) negotiate and enter into contracts for the provision of
services to the Hotels; provided that, Operator shall not, without Owners consent,
enter into any such Leases or contracts for terms in excess of one (1) year, unless
such Lease or contract may be terminated without cause and without payment of any
penalty on no less than sixty (60) days notice;
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Upon receipt of all necessary information from Owner, apply for, process and
take all necessary steps to procure and keep in effect in Owners name (or, if required
by the licensing authority, in Operators name or both) all licenses and permits and
the sales tax registration(s) required for the operation of the Hotels;
|
|
|
E.
|
|
Pursuant to a separate written agreement on terms and conditions set forth
therein, Operators affiliate will purchase all FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating
Supplies necessary for the operation of the Hotels; provided, however, Owner may
purchase any of the FF&E, Operating Equipment or Operating Supplies used in connection
with the operation of the Hotels, as an operating or capital expense, as appropriate,
of the Hotels, in which case Owner will provide to Operator sufficient information for
Operator to maintain accurate books and records regarding sales tax accruals and pay
such accruals out of Total Revenues from the Hotel. At the request of Owner, Operator
shall put out for competitive bid the purchase of FF&E, Operating Equipment or
Operating Supplies used in connection with the operation of the Hotels as contemplated
in this Section E;
|
|
|
F.
|
|
Provide routine accounting and purchasing services as required in the ordinary
course of business;
|
|
|
G.
|
|
Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, rulings and orders of
governmental authorities affecting or issued in connection with the Hotel, as well as
with orders and requirements of any board of fire underwriters or any other body which
may exercise similar functions, so long as Owner promptly delivers to Operator any
notice of violation thereof received by Owner;
|
|
|
H.
|
|
Subject to the Budgets, cause all needed repairs and maintenance to the Hotel
of which Operator is aware to be made, and unless otherwise set forth in the Budgets,
any expense for repairs and maintenance that exceeds Five Thousand Dollars
($5,000) shall require Owners prior approval and shall be put out for a minimum of
three (3) competitive bids unless otherwise approved by Owner. Notwithstanding
|
4
|
|
|
the
foregoing, such prior approval and bids shall not be required for ;any expenses
regardless of amount which, in Operators reasonable judgment, are immediately
necessary to prevent immediate material damage to a Hotel or the health or safety of
its occupants (
Emergency Expenses
); provided that, Operator shall make good faith
attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior
to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours
after Operator becomes aware of such emergency;
|
|
I.
|
|
Subject to Section 3.6 below, use commercially reasonable efforts to operate
the Hotels in accordance with any mortgage or deed of trust on the Hotels and/or
Franchise Agreement (collectively,
Major Agreements
); provided, however, Operator
shall have no responsibility for causing the payment of any Fixed Charges or Owner
Expenses (as defined in Section 7.2), unless expressly set forth in this Agreement;
|
|
|
J.
|
|
At the direction of Owner, in its sole discretion and pursuant to a separate
written agreement between Owner and Operator (or its affiliates), provide project
coordination services to the Owner and its general contractor to aid in any
construction or remodeling at the Hotels;
|
|
|
K.
|
|
Use good faith efforts to identify, and provide recommendations to Owner
regarding the use of, any vendor relationships established by Operator, in order to
implement potential cost savings and operational efficiencies for the Hotels; and
|
|
|
L.
|
|
Provide such other services as are required under the terms of this Agreement
or as are customarily performed without additional fee by management companies of
similar properties in the areas of the Hotels.
|
3.6. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Operators obligations
with respect to any Major Agreement shall be limited to the extent (i) complete and accurate copies
and/or summaries of the relevant provisions thereof have been delivered to Operator sufficiently in
advance to allow Operator to perform such obligations and (ii) the provisions thereof and/or
compliance with such provisions by Operator (1) are applicable to the day-to-day operation,
maintenance and non-capital repair and replacement of the Hotels or any portion thereof, (2) do not
require contribution of capital or payments of Operators own funds, (3) do not materially increase
Operators obligations hereunder or materially decrease Operators other rights hereunder, provided
however, that Operator acknowledges and agrees that standards, expectations, responsibilities and
limitations prescribed by franchisors are not deemed to materially increase Operators obligations
or materially decrease its rights hereunder (4) do not limit or purport to limit any corporate
activity or transaction with respect to Operator or its affiliates or any other activity, transfer,
transaction, property or other matter involving Operator or its affiliates other than at the sites
of the Hotels, and (5) are otherwise within the scope of Operators duties under this Agreement.
Owner acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the foregoing, that any failure of Operator or the
Hotels to comply with the provisions of any Major Agreement arising out of (A) the condition of the
Hotels, and/or the
failure of the Hotels to comply with the provisions of such Major Agreement, prior to Operators
assuming the day-to-day management thereof, (B) construction activities at the Hotels, (C) inherent
5
limitations in the design and/or construction of, location of and/or parking at the Hotels, (D)
instructions from Owner to operate any Hotel in a manner inconsistent with the Major Agreements
and/or (E) Owners failure to approve any matter requested by Operator in Operators reasonable
good faith business judgment as necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with any Major
Agreement, shall not be deemed a breach by Operator of its obligations under this Agreement.
Operator shall be entitled to rely on the copies of the Franchise Agreements provided by Owner.
ARTICLE IV
AGENCY; HOTEL EMPLOYEES
4.1. In the performance of its duties as Operator of the Hotels, Operator shall act solely as agent
of Owner. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be or create a partnership
or joint venture between Owner and Operator. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (a)
all debts and liabilities to third persons incurred by Operator in the course of its operation and
management of the Hotels in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be the debts and
liabilities of Owner only and (b) except to the extent provided in Section 23.1, Operator shall not
be liable for any such obligations by reason of its management, supervision, direction and
operation of the Hotel as agent for Owner. Operator may so inform third parties with whom it deals
on behalf of Owner and may take any other reasonable steps to carry out the intent of this
paragraph.
4.2. All Hotel Employees shall be employees of Operator or an affiliate. All compensation
(including without limitation all wages, fringe benefits and severance payments) of the Hotel
Employees shall be an Operating Expense (as defined in Section 10.2) and shall be borne by Owner
and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account (as hereinafter defined) or if the
amounts therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Owner acknowledges and
agrees that (a) Operator shall have the right to institute bonus programs for the Hotel Employees
so long as such policies are reasonable and customary in the industry and (b) Operator shall have
the right to institute severance payment policies for the Hotel Employees so long as such policies
are consistent with Operators severance payment policies in effect from time to time for other
similar hotels managed by Operator and its affiliates. Operators current severance payment policy
is attached hereto as
Exhibit D
, and Operator shall obtain Owners prior consent before
implementing any material changes to such policy at the Hotels.
4.3. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enroll the Hotel Employees in retirement, health and
welfare employee benefit plans substantially similar to corresponding plans implemented in other
hotels with similar service levels managed by Operator or similar hotels in the areas of the Hotel.
Such plans may be joint plans for the benefit of employees at more than one hospitality property
owned, leased or managed by Operator or its affiliates. Employer contributions to such plans
(including any withdrawal liability incurred upon termination of this Agreement) and reasonable
administrative fees which Operator may expend in connection therewith shall be the responsibility
of Owner and shall be an Operating Expense. The administrative expenses of any joint plans will be
equitably apportioned by Operator among properties covered by such plan. The apportionment for
each Hotel shall be based upon the total costs of the administrative expenses multiplied by a
fraction,
the numerator of which is the total payroll expense of the Hotel, and the denominator of which is
the total payroll expense of all hotels participating in the joint plans. Owner hereby
acknowledges and
6
agrees that (a) any employee benefit plan withdrawal liability and (b) compliance
with the provisions of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and/or any similar
state or local laws (together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and including
without limitation any such state or local laws, the
WARN Act
) upon any disposition of a Hotel,
upon any termination of this Agreement or upon the occurrence of any other event giving rise to the
application of the WARN Act are the responsibility and obligation of Owner, and Owner hereby agrees
to indemnify, defend and hold Operator harmless from and against any cost, expense, obligation,
claim or other liability which Operator may incur arising out of or in connection with any employee
benefit plan withdrawal liability or any breach or claimed breach of the WARN Act in connection
with any such disposition, termination or other occurrence; provided, however, in the event that
Operator receives notice of termination of this Agreement with sufficient time to comply with the
WARN Act but fails to satisfy the applicable WARN Act requirements, then Operator shall indemnify,
defend, and hold harmless Owner from and against any cost, expense, obligation, claim or other
liability which Owner may incur arising out of such failure by Operator.
4.4. Operator, in its discretion but subject to the Budgets (unless otherwise approved by Owner),
may, as an Operating Expense of the Hotels, (i) provide lodging for Operators executive employees
to the extent they are visiting the Hotels in connection with the performance of Operators
services and allow them the use of Hotel facilities and (ii) provide the General Manager of the
Hotels and other Hotel Employees temporary living quarters within the Hotels and the use of all
Hotel facilities, in either case without charge, as the case may be, but for no more than an
aggregate of sixty (60) days without the Owners prior written consent.
4.5. Operator shall not be liable for any failure of the Hotels to comply prior to the Commencement
Date with any federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, rules,
permits, judgments, orders and decrees affecting labor union activities, civil rights or employment
in the United States, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1870, 42 U.S.C. §1981,
the Civil Rights Acts of 1871, 42 U.S.C. §1983 the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §201,
et
seq.
, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §2000e,
et
seq.
,
as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. §621,
et
seq.
, the Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §701,
et
seq.
, the Americans With
Disabilities Act of 1990, 29 U.S.C. §706, 42 U.S.C. §12101,
et
seq.
, the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 301,
et
seq.
, the Equal Pay
Act, 29 U.S.C. §201,
et
seq.
, the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U.S.C. §151,
et
seq.
, and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes (collectively,
as amended from time to time, and together with any similar laws now or hereafter enacted, the
Employment Laws
).
4.6. Operator shall from time to time develop and implement policies, procedures and programs for
the Hotels (collectively, the
Employment Policies
) reasonably designed to effect compliance with
the Employment Laws. The Employment Policies shall be consistent with industry standards from time
to time for reputable hotel management companies.
4.7 Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, the hiring of any new candidates for
the Key Hotel Personnel positions shall be subject to Owners approval, not to be unreasonably
withheld so long as the candidate is reasonably qualified to perform the position based on the
candidates education and experience. If requested by Owner, Operator shall make a candidate for a
Key Hotel Personnel position available to interview with Owners representative at Owners offices
7
(or other mutually agreeable location) at a mutually agreeable reasonable time. In the event Owner
fails to respond in writing to a request for approval from Operator within five (5) days of the
latter of (i) such request, or (ii) the provision to Owner of a written summary of such candidates
education, professional experience and qualifications, Owner shall be deemed to have provided such
approval. If Owner becomes dissatisfied with the performance of any Key Hotel Personnel, Owner
may meet with senior management of the Operator to resolve such dissatisfaction. Operator will
give Owner not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice of any proposed transfer of any Key Hotel
Personnel. For the purposes hereof,
Key Hotel Personnel
shall be defined as the following
individuals, to the extent employed at a Hotel: General Manager.
4.8 Operator, as the sole employer, shall have the duty and responsibility to negotiate with any
labor union lawfully entitled to represent its Hotel Employees. Operator shall consult with Owner
before and during any discussions about strategies, objectives, tactics, proposals and agreements
as well as keep the Owner fully informed as to the progress of any negotiations and any agreements
that are reached. Nothing in this Section 4.8 shall require Operator to employ persons belonging
to labor unions. In addition, Operator shall consult with Owner during the course of any
negotiations with such labor union. Operator shall use diligent efforts to settle and compromise
all controversies and disputes arising under any labor union contracts affecting the Hotel
Employees upon such terms and conditions as Operator reasonably deems to be in Owners best
interests. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement Operator may enter into no labor union
agreement, settlement or compromise that shall be binding upon Owner (either directly or as a
successor under any agreement or indirectly as an agreement covering union representation or
Operators policies with respect to wages and conditions applicable to the Hotels) without the
prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
ARTICLE V
PROVISION OF FUNDS
5.1. In performing its services under this Agreement, Operator shall act solely as agent and for
the account of Owner. Operator shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this
Agreement to the extent it is unable to perform any obligation due to the lack of available funds
from the operation of the Hotels or as otherwise provided by Owner.
5.2. Operator shall in no event be required (i) to advance any of its funds (whether by waiver or
deferral of its management fees or otherwise) for the operation of the Hotels or (ii) to incur any
liability unless Owner shall have furnished Operator with funds necessary for the discharge thereof
prior to incurring such liability.
5.3 Owner acknowledges that prior to and during the two (2) weeks following the Commencement Date,
Manager will undertake certain transition activities which are necessary to effectuate Managers
take-over of management of the Hotels, and that Manager will incur expenses in connection with such
transition activities, which are described and estimated in the transition budget (Transition
Budget) attached hereto as
Exhibit E
. Owner expressly agrees to reimburse
Operator for fifty percent (50%) of the expenses incurred in connection with the transition
activities during such period, which are not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Transition
Budget unless
8
otherwise approved by Owner, whether incurred prior to or following the Commencement
Date. Owner agrees to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days after written demand by Operator,
as issued from time to time.
ARTICLE VI
CENTRALIZED SERVICES; MULTI-PROPERTY PROGRAMS;
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
6.1. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, provide or cause its affiliated companies to provide for
the Hotels and their guests the full benefit of any reservations system hereafter established by
Operator or its affiliates and provide, or cause its affiliated companies to provide, such aspects
of any accounting or purchasing services, other group benefits and services, revenue management
services, on-site sales training, associate satisfaction surveys, Operators national training
program and other training as are made available generally to similar properties managed by
Operator (individually and collectively,
Centralized Services
). Subject to the provisions of the
applicable Budget, Operator or such of Operators affiliated companies as provide Centralized
Services shall be entitled to be reimbursed for each Hotels share of the total costs that are
reasonably incurred in providing such Centralized Services on a system-wide basis to hotels and
motels managed by Operator or its affiliates which costs may include, without limitation, salaries
(including payroll taxes and employee benefits) of employees and officers of Operator and its
affiliates, costs of all equipment employed in the provision of such services and a reasonable
charge for overhead. Each Hotels share of such costs shall be determined in an equitable manner
by Operator (which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner) and substantiated to Owner after each
Fiscal Year (as hereinafter defined), shall be an Operating Expense of the Hotels and shall be
borne by Owner and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or if the amounts
therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Operator shall maintain and
make available to Owner invoices or other evidence supporting all of the charges for Centralized
Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operators fee for providing centralized accounting
services shall be the Accounting Fee (as defined in Section 9.2 hereof). Owner acknowledges and
agrees that (i) Operator has disclosed to Owner the types of Centralized Services Operator
currently makes available to properties which it operates, (ii) the Hotels are likely to receive
substantial benefit from its participation in such Centralized Services, (iii) Operator is not
obligated to provide such Centralized Services under Article III of this Agreement, (iv) Operator
is entitled to payment for such Centralized Services in the manner set forth above in addition to
its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee, and (v) the receipt by Operator of any such payment does not
breach any fiduciary or other duty which Operator may have to Owner. A list of the Centralized
Services currently offered by Operator to hotels operated by Operator is attached hereto as
Exhibit F
.
6.2. Owner acknowledges and agrees that Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enter into certain
purchasing, maintenance, service or other contracts with respect to the Hotels (collectively,
Multi-Property Programs
) pursuant to which Operator or affiliates of Operator receive rebates,
discounts, cash or other incentives, administration fees, concessions, profit participations, stock
or stock options, investment rights or similar payments or economic consideration (collectively,
Operator Rebates
) from or in, as applicable, the vendors or suppliers of goods or services
provided under such Multi-Property Programs. Owner acknowledges and agrees that (i) Operator
9
has
disclosed to Owner the types of Multi-Property Programs Operator currently makes available to
properties which it operates and (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section, (1) the Hotels
are likely to receive substantial benefit from its participation in such Multi-Property Programs
which the Hotels could not obtain on their own and for which Operator is not adequately compensated
by its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee and (2) any and all Operator Rebates are the sole property of
Operator and not Owner. To the extent any such Operator Rebate is specifically designated for one
or more Hotels, Operator shall disclose to the amount of such Operator Rebate to Owner. To the
extent the Operator Rebates from the Multi-Property Programs exceed all costs and expenses in
managing and overseeing the Multi-Property Programs during any Fiscal Year, such excess shall be
allocated ratably among all of the hotels that participated in the Multi-Property Programs by using
such excess (i) to develop both internally and externally and establish additional associate
training programs; (ii) to compensate third-party experts who provided such training; and (iii) to
provide other benefits for the hotels such as third-party food and beverage consulting expertise.
The excess is allocated by multiplying the amount of such excess by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by a Hotel and the
denominator of which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by
all of the hotels managed by Operator that participate in the Multi-Property Programs. The Owner
has the right to require that (i) one or more of the purchasing, maintenance, service or other
goods, services or other benefits contracted for in the Multi-Property Programs may be purchased
from a provider designated by Owner other than the party providing the Multi-Property Programs, and
(ii) Operator put out for competitive bid any one or more goods or services provided through the
Multi-Property Program; provided that, Owner cannot require early termination of a contract within
a Multi-Property Program unless such early termination is permitted by the terms of such contract.
6.3. The Hotels shall incur, as an Operating Expense, subject to the Budgets, fees for certain
information technology services, including, but not limited to: (i) de-centralized accounting
support services, pursuant to Section 9.2, (ii) Operators IT Central Support Services (support
desk and e-mail services), (iii) Operators IT Delphi System Support (centralized sales and
catering software application), (iv) license fees equal to the Operators actual costs for use of
certain Microsoft software applications at the Hotels, and (v) Virtual Private Network (
VPN
)
Connectivity and Support (connection to Operators software applications via secure internet
connection). For purposes of the VPN, Operator may install hardware at the Hotels, which shall be
Owners property, and the cost thereof shall be chargeable as an Operating Expense. In addition,
Owner shall pay the costs of all information technology equipment, software and costs associated
with business process changes from time to time to (i) comply with the operating standards required
by the Major Agreements, (ii) make reasonable adaptations to changing technology, (iii) be
otherwise consistent with industry standards for similar hotel operations, and (iv) achieve and
sustain compliance on an on-going basis with the then current Payment Card Industry Data Security
Standards and other applicable information security and operating rules and regulations of the
credit card associations, and applicable data protection and privacy laws and regulations. A list
of the fees payable to Operator pursuant to this Section 6.3 (the
IT Fees
) is included in
Exhibit F
, subject to change as set forth in the Budgets for each Fiscal Year. Commencing
on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the term, such fees shall be incurred by the
Hotels and payable to Operator on a monthly basis. All IT Fees shall be an Operating Expense,
shall be included in and subject to the
Budgets and shall be paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or, if the funds
therein are insufficient, by Owner.
10
6.4 To the extent requested by Owner, Operator may provide project management services in
connection with the procurement and installation of additional information technology for the
Hotels on terms and conditions (including separate fees for such services) mutually agreed upon by
Owner and Operator.
ARTICLE VII
WORKING CAPITAL AND BANK ACCOUNTS
7.1. Owner will provide Operator with working capital for the Hotels in the amount of Two Million
Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000) (the
Working Capital
). Owner shall at all
times provide, either from Total Revenues or from other funds of Owner, sufficient funds as
determined in the good faith business judgment of Operator to constitute normal working capital for
the uninterrupted and efficient operation of the Hotels (but which, in no event, shall be an amount
less than the Working Capital), including without limitation funds sufficient to operate, maintain
and equip the Hotels in accordance with all Major Agreements and to maintain the Hotels in
accordance with the Hotel Standard. The Working Capital amount required under this Section 7.1
shall be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by
the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI (as defined in Section 8.6) from the
first day of the prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year.
Upon Operators written notice to Owner that additional funds are required to pay necessary
Operating Expenses (including but not limited to payroll expenses), Owner shall provide the funds
necessary to pay such Operating Expenses within three (3) business days following Owners receipt
of such notice. Any such failure to provide such funding shall constitute a breach under this
Agreement. If Operator chooses to fund any such expenses (which shall be totally at Operators
sole discretion), Operator may, in addition to all other rights, repay itself as soon as any funds
are available, and pay itself interest upon such sum from the date payment was made at a rate equal
to the Prime Rate plus three hundred (300) basis points.
7.2. All funds received by Operator in the operation of the Hotels, including working capital
furnished by Owner, shall be deposited in a special account or accounts (the
Agency Account
) in
such federally insured bank, savings and loan or trust company as may be selected by Owner and
reasonably approved by Operator. Any successor or substitute bank, savings and loan or trust
company shall be selected in the same manner. Operator shall pay all Operating Expenses and Fixed
Charges on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account; provided, however, that Operator shall not be
obligated to pay any Operating Expenses or Fixed Charges in the event that such funds are not
currently available in the Agency Account. Upon Owners written request and direction, Operator
shall pay on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account (but only to the extent that such funds are
available in the Agency Account following the payment of all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges),
such other fixed expenses as may be requested by Owner (e.g., debt service, ground lease payments,
capital costs, etc.) (
Owner Expenses
); provided, however, Operator will not be required to pay
such Owner Expenses until Operator receives Owners written request and direction
to do so (including copies of any material agreements) (
Owners Expense Notice
). Owner agrees to
provide Owners Expense Notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the first
11
payment by Operator is due, and such Owners Expense Notice shall only be revocable upon thirty
(30) days prior written notice from Owner.
7.3. A. The Agency Account shall be in the name of the Hotel(s), with Operator as agent for Owner
(bearing Owners Federal tax identification number), and shall be under the control of Operator.
The FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in Section 11.1) shall be in the name of Owner and under the
control of Owner. Checks or other documents of withdrawal from the Agency Account shall be signed
only by Operators representatives, provided that such representatives shall be bonded or otherwise
insured in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner. The premiums for bonding or other insurance
shall be an Operating Expense except for premiums for bonding off-site executive employees of
Operator. No later than ninety (90) days following the expiration or termination of this
Agreement, all remaining amounts in the Agency Account shall be transferred to Owner. The Operator
shall not co-mingle any Agency Account funds with any other funds of Operator or funds from hotels
that are not Hotels.
B. Except for the payroll account referred to below, Operator shall not maintain, for the
deposit of revenues generated at the Hotels, any bank account in Operators sole name. Working
Capital shall be adjusted as appropriate in the mutual judgment of Owner and Operator, and within
three (3) business days of written notice, Owner shall advance additional funds deemed necessary to
maintain Working Capital or Operator shall return any amounts deemed unnecessary to maintain as
Working Capital as is requested by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator. At such time as
Owner enters into a credit facility with a Lender, provided that such credit facility provides for
the payment of necessary disbursements, checks and transfers by Operator on behalf of Owner,
Operator shall arrange such daily sweeps of cash into such accounts as is requested by Owner, so
long as there is sufficient money available to pay payroll and normal operating expenses.
C. All sums received from the operation of the Hotels and any and all items paid by Operator
arising by virtue of management of the Hotels shall pass through the Agency Account. Nothing
herein contained shall be construed to deprive Operator of the right to maintain separate payroll
accounts or petty cash funds and to make payments therefrom as the same are customary in the hotel
business.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS AND STATEMENTS; BUDGETS
8.1. Operator shall keep full and accurate books of account and other records reflecting the
results of the operation of the Hotels in accordance with the Uniform System of Accounts for the
Lodging Industry (Tenth Revised Edition 2006, as further revised from time to time) as adopted by
the American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute (the
Uniform System
) with such exceptions as
may be required by the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that Operator may, with
prior notice to Owner, make such modifications to the methodology in the Uniform System as are
consistent with Operators standard practice in accounting for its operations under management
contracts generally and applicable to substantially all of the hotels managed by Operator, so long
as
such modifications do not affect the determination of Total Revenues, Operating Expenses or Fixed
Charges under Article X. Except for the books and records which may be kept in Operators home
12
office or other suitable location pursuant to the adoption of a central billing system or other
centralized service, the books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the
operation of the Hotels shall be kept at the Hotels and shall be available to Owner and its
representatives at all reasonable times for examination, audit, inspection and transcription. All
of such books and records including, without limitation, books of account, guest records and front
office records, shall be the property of Owner. Upon any termination of this Agreement, physical
possession of all of such books and records shall be transferred to Owner, but shall thereafter be
available to Operator at all reasonable times for inspection, audit, examination and transcription
for a period of five (5) years. Owner shall reimburse Operator for any costs or expenses incurred
by Operator in connection with any assistance requested by Owner to determine the inventory of
books and records for retention, which determination shall be Owners responsibility; provided,
however, that Owner shall be specifically required to, and Operator may, retain a copy of all sales
tax returns and supporting documents relating to all tax reporting periods for the Hotels covered
by the Term.
8.2. Operator shall deliver to Owner within ten (10) business days after the end of each month, the
following items for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all Hotels (collectively, the
Monthly
Reports
):
|
A.
|
|
A balance sheet as of the last day of such month;
|
|
|
B.
|
|
A source and use of funds statement for such month;
|
|
|
C.
|
|
An income and expense statement for such month;
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Detailed departmental income and expense statements for such month;
|
|
|
E.
|
|
A report listing updated operating projections and forecasts for the remainder
of the Fiscal Year;
|
|
|
F.
|
|
A variance report showing expense line-items that exceed the Budget by more
than Five Hundred Dollars ($500); and
|
|
|
G.
|
|
Such other monthly reports as Owner may reasonably request and to which
Operator agrees in writing.
|
The Monthly Reports shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System and/or other applicable
generally accepted accounting principles as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board
and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (
GAAP
) but in all events consistent with
this Agreement. In addition to the Monthly Reports, the Operator shall allow the Owner reasonable
access at Owners request to Operators internal electronic reporting software systems to review
information related to the Hotels.
8.3. Year-end unaudited financial statements for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all
Hotels (including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of sources and uses of funds)
shall be prepared and delivered to Owner within twenty-five (25) days following Fiscal Year end.
Owner may request that the financial statements be audited by an independent certified public
13
accountant. Such accountant shall address any findings, reports or opinions that concern
Operators work under this Agreement to both Operator and Owner. Owner shall pay the cost of such
audit and Operator shall provide reasonable assistance with such accountant in the preparation of
such statements.
8.4. On or before each November 1 during the Term, Operator shall submit to Owner for the next
Fiscal Year the following items for each Hotel (collectively, the
Budgets
):
|
A.
|
|
An operating budget (the
Operating Budget
) setting forth in reasonable
line-item detail the projected income from and expenses of all aspects of the
operations of the Hotel;
|
|
|
B.
|
|
A capital budget (the
Capital Budget
) setting forth in reasonable line-item
detail proposed capital projects and expenditures for the Hotel including but not
limited to FF&E expenditures which, if any, will be expensed in the then current Fiscal
Year in accordance with GAAP;
|
|
|
C.
|
|
A marketing and strategic sales plan for the Hotel;
|
|
|
D.
|
|
A cash flow analysis for the Hotel; and
|
|
|
E.
|
|
Such other reports or projections as Owner may reasonably request and to which
Operator agrees in writing.
|
Owner and Operator shall start meetings and discussions for the Budgets no later than October 1 of
each Fiscal Year. The Operating Budget shall include: a detailed operating budget showing
estimated Gross Operating Profit, department profits, all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges; a
marketing plan, marketing and sales strategies, objectives and tactics, a detailed competitive
analysis and everything else typically included in a hotel marketing plan including projections of
average daily room rates and average daily occupancy; a cash flow forecast; projections for and
limits on discounted and complementary rooms and services, estimated corporate reimbursements to
Operator and its affiliates, including without limitation, Centralized Services and Multi-Property
Programs and Operator Rebates. All of the foregoing information shall be set forth in reasonable
detail, including by month and compared by month, quarter and year to the prior year, and, where
appropriate, with the basis for all assumptions expressly set forth. Owner shall review the
proposed Budgets and deliver to Operator its comments and suggested changes within fourteen (14)
days after Owners receipt of such Operating Budget and Capital Budget, respectively. Within ten
(10) days after receiving Owners objection(s) to the proposed Budgets, Owner and Operator shall
meet at the applicable Hotel (or such other location as they may agree) and endeavor in good faith
to resolve such objections and arrive at approved Budgets. Operator shall submit revised Budgets
within fourteen (14) days of any meeting. Owner shall thereafter have fourteen (14) days to review
the revised Budgets and advise Operator in writing of any objections to thereto. Owners notice
shall include a reasonably detailed explanation of each objection. This process shall continue
until there is an approved Operating Budget and Capital Budget. If Owner approves any proposed
Budgets,
whether before or after any such exchange of comments and suggestions, then such proposed Budgets
shall become the approved Budgets for the Fiscal Year to which it relates. Operator shall
14
not be
deemed to have made any guarantee, warranty of representation whatsoever in connection with the
Budgets or with respect to the economic performance or profitability of the Hotels, and Owner
acknowledges that the Budgets and any other projections previously or hereafter prepared by
Operator are intended only to be reasonable estimates and that actual results may vary due to
unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date of such Budgets or
projection and unforeseen circumstances, including but not limited to, cost of labor, material,
services and supplies, casualty, law, economic or market conditions may make adherence to the
Budgets impracticable. If the Owner and Operator cannot agree upon the Budgets, the parties agree
to submit their claims to either PKF Consulting or HVS (or other mutually agreeable hospitality
consultant) to act as a mediator to assist the parties in finalization of the Budgets.
8.5. Upon approval of the Budgets by Owner, Operator shall use diligent and commercially reasonable
efforts to operate the Hotels substantially in accordance with the Budgets. Operator shall not,
without Owners prior approval:
|
A.
|
|
Incur any expense for any line-item in the Operating Budget which causes the
aggregate expenditures for such line-item to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser
of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000 for the applicable fiscal period set forth in the Operating
Budget, provided that, aggregate expenses shall not exceed those provided in the
Operating Budget by more than two percent (2%) and provided further that, Operator may
at Owners cost and expense, without Owners approval, (x) pay any expenses (the
Necessary Expenses
) regardless of amount, which are necessary for the continued
operation of the Hotels in accordance with the requirements of any Major Agreement and
the operational standards set forth in this Agreement and which are not within the
reasonable control of Operator (including, but not limited to, those for insurance,
taxes, utility charges and debt service), (y) pay Emergency Expenses regardless of
amount; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify
Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events
shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such
emergency, and/or (z) pay any third-party operating expenses which are commercially
desirable to be incurred in order to obtain unbudgeted Hotel revenue in the ordinary
course of operating the Hotels in accordance with the then current business plan
provided that such unbudgeted revenue is reasonably certain and sufficient in
Operators reasonable professional judgment to offset such expenses (
Opportunity
Expenses
); provided, that such additional expenses shall be proportionally equal to or
less than the projected additional revenue to be realized.
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Incur any expense for any line-item in the Capital Budget which causes the
aggregate expenditures for such capital line-item or related series of capital
line-items to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000,
provided that Operator may, without Owners approval, pay any Emergency Expenses which
are capital in nature; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to
contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring
them
and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator
becomes aware of such emergency.
|
15
8.6. If the Budgets (or any component of the Budgets) with respect to any Fiscal Year are
disapproved by Owner as provided in Section 8.4 then, until approval of the Budgets (or such
components) by Owner, Operator until the resolution of such dispute shall cause the Hotels to be
operated substantially in accordance with most recent approved Budgets, except for, or as modified
by, (a) those components of such Budgets for the applicable Fiscal Year approved by Owner, (b) an
adjustment to the disputed Budgets so as to increase (but not decrease) disputed expense items by
the same percentage as any percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index All Urban Consumers
(U.S. City Average) (1982-1984 =100), or any successor index thereto appropriately adjusted (the
CPI
), from the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal Year applicable to
such last approved Budget to the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal
Year applicable to the disputed Budgets, (c) Necessary Expenses which shall be paid as required,
(d) Emergency Expenses which shall be paid as required and (e) Opportunity Expenses.
8.7 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement granting Operator the authority to enter into
contracts, perform repairs and improvements, or incur expenditures on behalf of Owner, Operator
shall not be authorized to take any actions or incur any expenditures that would be inconsistent
with the Operating Budgets described in Section 8.4 (but subject to the right of Operator to
deviate from such Budgets to the extent permitted in Sections 8.5 and 8.6).
8.8. Owner recognizes the necessity for regular replacement of FF&E (the
FF&E Replacements
).
Owner in its sole and absolute discretion agrees to expend such amounts for FF&E Replacements as
shall be approved in the Budgets. For the avoidance of doubt, any approval of FF&E Replacements
and capital expenditures in any Budgets, shall only be the starting point and the actual
implementation and timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures shall be subject to
approval by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion. Owner acknowledges that, in order for the
Operator to be able to operate the Hotels in accordance with the Hotel Standard, it is necessary
that Owner exercise reasonable discretion in determining the amounts necessary for FF&E
Replacements and the actual timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures. Each
contract to provide FF&E and for capital expenditures must be approved by Owner. For routine FF&E
Replacements, after contract approval, (a) Operator may incur any expenditure for FF&E Replacements
during any Fiscal Year which has been specifically approved in the Budgets without further Owners
approval and (b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in
Section 11.1) (or from other Owner funds) directly to the vendor and handle all processing and
accounting of such payments. For capital projects and non-routine FF&E Replacements (a) if Owner
desires Operator to coordinate such items, such arrangements shall be subject to Owner and Operator
(or its affiliate) entering into a separate written agreement pursuant to Section 3.5(E) hereof and
(b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (or from other Owner funds)
directly to the vendor and handle all processing and accounting of such payments. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Operator shall be permitted to incur and pay Emergency Expenses as permitted under
Sections 3.5(H), Article 8 and Article 14.
All proceeds from the sale of FF&E no longer needed for the operation of the Hotels shall be
distributed to Owner, subject to the terms of any Major Agreements.
8.9 The Operator will give Owner and its agents access to the accounting working papers related
16
to
the Hotels from the Operators accountants and the SAS 70 certification or any deficiencies with
respect thereto noted by their auditor. The Operator shall cooperate with and supply such
certifications as are reasonably required from those providing services to or for a public
reporting company under the applicable statutes and rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable laws, all as amended or replaced,
and Operator will with its auditors assist the Owner and its affiliates in any SAS 70 compliance or
similar audit. With respect to Operators centralized accounting office in Dallas, Texas, such
papers and reports shall be supplied free of charge. Owner shall pay the cost of obtaining such
reports for any other centralized accounting office servicing the Hotels.
ARTICLE IX
MANAGEMENT FEES
AND PAYMENTS TO OPERATOR AND OWNER
9.1. Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for services rendered under this Agreement a
management fee (the
Basic Fee
) equal to three percent (3.0%) of Total Revenues during any Fiscal
Year or portion thereof.
9.2. In addition to the Basic Fee, Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for its
centralized accounting services a fee (the
Accounting Fee
) during the Term and for three (3)
months after the termination of this Agreement equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500)
per month for Hotels with ninety (90) or more rooms and One Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five
Dollars ($1,375) per month for Hotels with less than ninety (90) rooms. The Accounting Fee shall
be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by the
lesser of (i) the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI from the first day of the
prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year and (ii) three percent (3%).
9.3. In addition to the Basic Fee and the Accounting Fee, commencing with the Fiscal Year beginning
January 1, 2011 Owner shall pay to Operator an incentive management fee (the
Incentive Fee
) equal
to ten percent (10%) of the amount by which actual aggregate EBITDA (as defined in Article X) for
all the Hotels exceeds Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000), subject to adjustment for
increases and decreases in the number of Hotels as described in this Section 9.3 (the
Incentive Fee Threshold
). If a Hotel is removed from this Agreement during a Fiscal
Year, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i) the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal
Year and thereafter shall be reduced by an amount equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of
such Hotel as of the effective date of termination of with respect to such Hotel and (ii) the
actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year through the date of termination shall be removed
from the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. If a Hotel is added to this Agreement
during a Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 24.1, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i)
the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal Year and thereafter shall be increased by an amount
equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of such Hotel as of the date such Hotel was added to
this Agreement and
(ii) the actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year (including any portion of such Fiscal
Year occurring prior to the date such Hotel was added to the Management Agreement) shall be added
to
17
the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total
Incentive Fee payable to Operator for all the Hotels for any Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year)
shall not exceed one and one half percent (1.5%) of Total Revenues of all the Hotels for such
Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year). In any case in which the effective date of termination falls
prior to the end of a calendar month, the trailing 12-month EBITDA shall be determined as of the
end of the prior month. Examples of the foregoing calculations are attached hereto on
Exhibit
G
.
9.4. In each month during the Term, Operator shall be paid out of the Agency Account the following
payments for the preceding month: (a) the Basic Fee, (b) the Accounting Fee, and (c) any expense
reimbursements due to Operator, as determined from the monthly income and expense statement. Such
payment shall be due and made upon delivery of the income and expense statement for such month and
shall be deducted by Operator out of the Agency Account. The Incentive Fee for any Fiscal Year or
partial Fiscal Year during the Term shall be paid to Operator within thirty (30) days after the end
of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year at the time of delivery of the income and expense
statement for the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year, shall be payable based upon the computation
of the Incentive Fee on a cumulative basis through the end of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal
Year and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.6.
9.5. On or before the tenth (10th) day following the last day of each calendar month (or such other
fiscal period as Owner and Operator may determine) of each Fiscal Year during the Term, after (a)
payment of Operating Expenses, Fixed Charges and, to the extent the same are to be paid by Operator
under this Agreement, debt service, ground rent, capital costs and other amounts, (b) payment or
reserving of installments on account of the Incentive Fee, (c) deposits to the FF&E Reserve Account
in accordance with the Budget, (d) any required payment to Operator pursuant to Section 9.6 below
and (e) retention of working capital as required under Section 7.1 above, all remaining funds in
the Agency Account shall be paid to Owner.
9.6. At the end of each Fiscal Year and following receipt by Owner of the annual financial
statements set forth in Section 8.3 (or, if audited, following Owners receipt of such audited
financial statements), an adjustment will be made, if necessary, based on the audit so that
Operator shall have received the accurate Basic Fee and Incentive Fee for such Fiscal Year. Within
thirty (30) days of receipt by Owner and Operator of such audit, Operator shall either (a) place in
the Agency Account or remit to Owner, as appropriate, any excess amounts Operator may have received
for such fees during such calendar year or (b) be paid out of the Agency Account or by Owner, as
appropriate, any deficiency in the amounts due Operator for the Basic Fee and the Incentive Fee.
If such annual audit does not reveal that adjustment should be made to the calculation of the fees
payable to Operator, the calculation of the fees shall be deemed final unless Owner objects to such
calculation within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the applicable Fiscal Year.
9.7. Owner shall be liable for and shall pay or indemnify Operator for any applicable sales, use,
excise consumption or similar taxes that are payable to any taxing jurisdiction with respect to any
fees, reimbursements or other amounts due to Operator under this Agreement to ensure that the net
amount of such fees, reimbursements or other amounts received by Operator shall be equal to the
full amount that Operator would have otherwise received if no such taxes applied to such amounts.
This Section 9.7 does not apply to federal or state income taxes payable by Operator as a result of
its gross or net income relating to any fees collected under this Agreement.
18
ARTICLE X
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
10.1. A. The term
Total Revenues
shall mean all income, revenue and proceeds resulting directly
or indirectly from the operation of the Hotels and all of its facilities (net of refunds and
credits to guests and other items deemed Allowances under the Uniform System) which are properly
attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the
terms of this Agreement. Subject to Section 10.1(B), Total Revenues shall include, without
limitation, all amounts derived from:
(i) The rentals of rooms, banquet facilities and conference facilities;
(ii) The sale of food and beverage whether sold in a bar, lounge or restaurant,
delivered to a guest room, sold through an in-room facility or vending machines,
provided in meeting or banquet rooms or sold through catering operations, including
for any events held off-site of Hotel premises;
(iii) Charges for admittance to or the use of any parking facilities, recreational
facilities or any entertainment events at the Hotels;
(iv) Rentals paid under Leases (percentage rent based on the receipts of the tenant,
licensee or concessionaire paid to the Hotel or Owner is included in such rentals,
but the underlying receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire are not);
(v) Charges for other Hotel services or amenities, including, but not limited to,
telephone service, in-room movies, laundry services and spa services; and
(vi) The gross revenue amount on which the proceeds of business interruption or
similar insurance are determined, with respect to any period for which such proceeds
are received.
B. Total Revenues shall not include:
(i) Sales or use taxes or similar governmental impositions collected by Owner or
Operator;
(ii) Tips, service charges and other gratuities received by Hotel Employees;
(iii) Proceeds of insurance except as set forth in Section 10.1(A);
(iv) Proceeds of the sale or condemnation of the Hotels, any interest therein or any
other asset of Owner not sold in the ordinary course of business, or the proceeds
of any loans or financings;
19
(v) Capital contributed by Owner to the Hotels; and
(vi) The receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire under a Lease.
10.2. A. The term
Operating Expenses
shall mean all costs and expenses of maintaining, conducting
and supervising the operation of the Hotels and all of their facilities which are properly
attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the
terms of this Agreement. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation:
|
(i)
|
|
The cost of all Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Salaries and wages of Hotel Employees, including costs of
payroll taxes, employee benefits and severance payments. The salaries or wages
of off-site employees or off-site executives of Operator shall not be Operating
Expenses, provided that if it becomes necessary for an off-site employee or
executive of Operator to temporarily perform services at a Hotel of a nature
normally performed by Hotel Employees, his salary (including payroll taxes and
employee benefits) for such period only as well as his traveling expenses shall
be Operating Expenses and reimbursed to Operator;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The cost of all other goods and services obtained in
connection with the operation of the Hotels including, without limitation, heat
and utilities, laundry, landscaping and exterminating services and office
supplies;
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
The cost of all non-capital repairs to and maintenance of the
Hotels;
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Insurance premiums (or the allocable portion thereof in the
case of blanket policies) for all insurance maintained under Article XII (other
than insurance against physical damage to the Hotels) and losses incurred on
any self-insured risks (including deductibles);
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
All taxes, assessments, permit fees, inspection fees, and water
and sewer charges and other charges (other than income or franchise taxes)
payable by or assessed against Owner with respect to the operation of the
Hotels, excluding Property Taxes (as defined in Section 10.3);
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Legal fees and fees of any independent certified public
accountant for services directly related to the operation of the Hotels and
their facilities;
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
All expenses for advertising the Hotel and all expenses of sales promotion
and public relations activities;
|
|
|
(ix)
|
|
All out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements reasonably
incurred by Operator, pursuant to, in the course of, and directly related to,
the
management and operation of the Hotels under this Agreement, which fees and
disbursements shall be paid out of the Agency Account or paid or
|
20
|
|
|
reimbursed
by Owner to Operator upon demand. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, such charges may include all reasonable travel, telephone,
telegram, facsimile, air express and other incidental expenses and any fees
or expenditures required for Operator to operate the Hotels in the given
jurisdiction, but, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall not
include any of the regular expenses of the central offices maintained by
Operator, other than offices maintained at the Hotels for the management of
the Hotels. Operator shall maintain and make available to Owner invoices or
other evidence supporting such charges;
|
|
(x)
|
|
The Accounting Fee and any fees or tax levied on those charges
by the local jurisdiction;
|
|
|
(xi)
|
|
Periodic payments made in the ordinary course of business under
any applicable Franchise Agreement;
|
|
|
(xii)
|
|
Any other item specified as an Operating Expense in this
Agreement; and
|
|
|
(xiii)
|
|
Any other cost or charge classified as an Operating Expense or an
Administrative and General Expense under the Uniform System unless specifically
excluded under the provisions of this Agreement.
|
B. Operating Expenses shall not include:
|
(i)
|
|
Amortization and depreciation;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
The making of or the repayment of any loans or any interest
thereon;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The costs of any alterations, additions or improvements which
for Federal income tax purposes or under the Uniform System or GAAP must be
capitalized and amortized over the life of such alteration addition or
improvement;
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Payments on account of any equipment lease that is to be
capitalized under GAAP;
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Payments under any ground lease, space lease or easement
agreement;
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Payments into or out of the FF&E Reserve Account; or
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Any item defined as a Fixed Charge in Section 10.3.
|
10.3.
Fixed Charges
shall mean the cost of the following items relating to the Hotels or their
facilities which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question:
(i) Real estate taxes, assessments, personal property taxes and any other ad valorem taxes
21
imposed
on or levied in connection with the Hotels, the Installations and the FF&E (collectively,
Property
Taxes
);
|
(ii)
|
|
Insurance against physical damage to the Hotels; and
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The Basic Fee.
|
10.4.
Gross Operating Profit
shall mean the amount, if any, by which Total Revenues exceed
Operating Expenses.
10.5.
EBITDA
for any period shall mean the amount, if any, by which Gross Operating Profit for
such period exceeds Fixed Charges.
10.6.
Fiscal Year
shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive calendar month period or partial twelve
(12) consecutive calendar month period within the Term commencing on January 1st (or, with respect
to the first year of the Term, the Commencement Date) and ending on December 31st (or, with respect
to the last year of the Term, the expiration or earlier termination of the Term) unless Owner and
Operator otherwise agree.
10.7.
Operating Loss
shall mean the amount, if any, by which Operating Expenses exceed Total
Revenues.
ARTICLE XI
FF&E RESERVE
11.1. In addition to the Agency Account established by Operator pursuant to Section 7.2, Owner
shall establish an account in Owners name at the same institution (or other institution mutually
agreed upon by Owner and Operator) to be used for replacements, substitutions and additions to the
FF&E (the
FF&E Reserve Account
). For the replacements, substitutions and additions for Fiscal
Year 2011, following the Commencement Date, Owner shall fund the FF&E Reserve Account from amounts
allocated from the proceeds of the initial public offering of stock by Owners affiliate or from
other sources of capital available to Owner or Owners affiliates. Thereafter, to the extent
directed by Owner at its sole discretion, during each Fiscal Year beginning in 2012 there shall be
allocated and paid on a monthly basis to the FF&E Reserve Account from Total Revenues or other
funds provided by Owner an amount equal to four percent (4%) of Total Revenues for such Fiscal Year
or such amount as may be required under the Major Agreements, whichever is greater. So long as
Operator complies with any direction by Owner to deposit amounts into the FF&E Reserve Account and
to the extent funds are available to so comply, Owner shall be solely responsible for complying
with any FF&E Reserve requirements under the Major Agreements.
11.2. All funds in the FF&E Reserve Account, together with any interest earned thereon and the
proceeds of any sale of FF&E (which proceeds shall, to the extent directed by Owner at its sole
discretion, be deposited in the FF&E Reserve Account) shall be used solely for purposes of
replacing or refurbishing the FF&E in accordance with the applicable Capital Budget. Any funds
remaining in the FF&E Reserve Account at the end of a Fiscal Year may, at Operators sole
22
discretion, be carried forward to the next Fiscal Year. The FF&E Reserve Account may be pledged
to any lender to the Hotels. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no
additional FF&E Reserve Account shall be required to the extent any lender(s) require an FF&E
reserve.
ARTICLE XII
INSURANCE
12.1. The following insurance with respect to each Hotel, to the extent such insurance is
commercially available, shall be obtained by Owner and maintained throughout the Term at Owners
sole cost and expense in the amounts as set forth on
Exhibit H
.
12.2. Operator shall obtain the following insurance with respect to the Hotel Employees and shall
maintain such insurance during the Term of this Agreement at Owners sole cost and expense:
|
A.
|
|
Workers compensation insurance or insurance required by similar employee
benefit acts having a minimum per occurrence limit as Owner may deem advisable against
all claims which may be brought for personal injury or death of Hotel Employees, but in
any event not less than amounts prescribed by applicable state law;
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Fidelity insurance, in such amounts and with such deductibles as Owner may
require, covering Hotel Employees (including executive employees of Operator) or in job
classifications normally insured in other hotels it manages in the United States or
otherwise required by law; and
|
|
|
C.
|
|
Employment Practices Liability Insurance (
Employment Insurance
) with
reasonable limits and deductibles.
|
12.3. All insurance policies obtained by Owner in accordance with Section 12.1 shall name Owner as
the insured party and shall name as additional insured parties (a) Operator, its subsidiaries,
affiliates, directors, officers and employees and (b) such other parties as may be required by the
terms of the Major Agreements as appropriate. Owners coverage shall be primary and
non-contributory to any insurance obtained by the Operator.
12.4. All insurance policies shall be in such form and with such companies having a Bests Rating
of A+ or better as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner and/or Operator and provided Owner has
given Operator detailed written notice of such requirements, shall comply with the requirements of
any Major Agreement. Insurance may be provided under blanket or master policies covering one or
more other hotels owned by Owner. The portion of the premium for any blanket or master policy
which is allocated to each Hotel as an Operating Expense or Fixed Charge shall be determined in an
equitable manner by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator and paid out of the Agency Account
or, if the funds therein are insufficient, by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Such amount
shall be determined by a suitable and customary formula applying the specific hotel
exposures against appropriate rates to determine the premium allocation for each Hotel.
23
12.5. All insurance policies shall specify that they cannot be canceled or modified on less than
thirty (30) days prior written notice to both Owner and Operator and any additional insureds (or
such longer period as may be required under a Major Agreement, provided that Operator has been
advised in writing of such period) and shall provide that claims shall be paid notwithstanding any
act or negligence of Owner, or Operator unilaterally or on behalf of Owner, including without
limitation their respective agents or employees.
12.6. All insurance policies shall provide, to the extent customarily obtainable from the insurance
company providing such insurance, that the insurance company will have no right of subrogation
against Owner, Operator any party to a Major Agreement or any of their respective agents,
employees, partners, members, officers, directors or beneficial owners.
12.7. Owner and Operator hereby release one another from any and all liability, to the extent of
the waivers of subrogation obtained under Section 12.6, associated with any damage, loss or
liability with respect to which property insurance coverage is provided pursuant to this Article or
otherwise.
12.8. The proceeds of any insurance claim (other than proceeds payable to third parties under the
terms of the applicable policy) shall be deposited into the Agency Account to the extent of Owners
interest therein unless otherwise required by the terms of a Major Agreement.
12.9. Operator shall have the right to pay for, or reimburse itself for, insurance required under
this Article XII out of the Agency Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, Operator shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any insurance set forth in
this Article if funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are not made
available to Operator to purchase the same.
12.10. Subject to the provisions of the Budgets and with the prior written consent of the Owner,
Operator may act, directly or indirectly, in a brokerage capacity with respect to the insurance
required under this Article or as a direct insurer or reinsurer with respect to the same.
ARTICLE XIII
PROPERTY TAXES
13.1. Provided that funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are available,
and provided that Operator has received written notice thereof sufficiently in advance to make such
payments, Operator shall pay all Property Taxes on behalf of Owner not less than ten (10) days
prior to the applicable due dates. Upon Owners request, Operator shall promptly furnish Owner
with proof of payment of Property Taxes.
13.2. Owner may contest the validity or amount of any Property Tax (a
Tax Contest
), and Operator
agrees to cooperate with Owner in a Tax Contest and execute any documents or pleadings required for
such purpose, provided that the facts set forth in such documents or pleadings are accurate and
that such cooperation or execution does not impose any liability on Operator. All costs
and expenses incurred by Owner and Operator in connection with a Tax Contest shall be Fixed
Expenses.
24
ARTICLE XIV
REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
14.1. Operator shall perform ordinary repairs and maintenance at the Hotels, subject to the Budgets
and Owner providing sufficient funding, to keep the Hotels in compliance with the Hotel Standard.
Ordinary repairs shall include only those which are normally expenses under GAAP. The cost of
ordinary repairs shall be paid from Total Revenues and shall be treated as an Operating Expense.
14.2. Operator shall, from time-to-time, make or cause to be made replacements and renewals to the
FF&E of the Hotels and shall make Routine Capital Expenditures (as defined below) in accordance
with the Budgets and from the FF&E Reserve Account. Costs of the foregoing shall be expensed in
the then-current Fiscal Year in accordance with GAAP. As used herein, Routine Capital Expenditures
shall mean expenses which are classified as capital expenditures under GAAP and shall consist of
non-material expenditures; by way of example, repainting interiors of the Hotels, resurfacing
parking lots and other miscellaneous expenditures.
14.3. Operator shall prepare an annual estimate of non-Routine Capital Expenditures to the Hotels,
including without limitation the structure, the exterior façade, the mechanical, electrical,
heating, ventilating, air conditioning, or plumbing systems. Operator shall submit the estimate to
the Owner for its approval at the time of the annual budgeting process as part of the Capital
Budget.
14.4. After notice to Owner, if practicable, Operator may take appropriate remedial action without
Owner consent in the event of: (i) an emergency threatening the health and safety of a Hotel or
its guests or employees; or (ii) if the expenditures are necessary to avoid Operators exposure to
any civil or criminal liability. Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify
Owner of prior to undertaking such remedial action and in all events shall notify Owner within
twenty-four (24) hours after Operator takes such action. Operator shall have the right to
participate in any decisions that affect any conditions as described in this Section 14.4.
14.5. If Owner directly performs or contracts for repair, maintenance, refurbishing, construction
or renovations at a Hotel, Owner must coordinate, and require its contractors and subcontractors to
coordinate, with Operator including, but not limited to, causing any Owner employees, contractors
or subcontractors to comply with safety and security rules of the Hotel and communicate on a
regular basis the activities being performed at the Hotel to assure the health, safety and
efficient operation of the Hotel and its guests and employees. Owner must comply with all laws,
obtain all necessary permits and shall provide Operator copies of any permits prior to commencement
of any such activities.
ARTICLE XV
COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
15.1. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it holds good and marketable leasehold title to
the Hotels and that Land Holder holds good and marketable fee or leasehold title to the Hotels,
25
except for easements or encumbrances that do not adversely affect the operation of the Hotels,
mortgages or liens for taxes, assessment levies or other public charges not yet due or payable.
15.2. Owner covenants and represents that, at a minimum, it has conducted Environmental Phase I
surveys at the time Owner acquired or leased the Hotels and that there are no Hazardous Materials
on any portion of the Hotels or their surrounding sites; that no Hazardous Materials have been
released or discharged on the Hotels or their surrounding sites, in either case in violation of
applicable law. Owner agrees that it has provided Operator with all information and reports
regarding the environmental condition of the Hotels and any hazards that are contained in or around
the Hotels, including, but not limited to, any Environmental Phase I or Phase II reports that may
have been performed. Owner shall update Operator immediately upon any change of this information
or status. In the event of the discovery of any Hazardous Materials on any portion of the Hotels
or their surrounding sites, Owner shall promptly remove such Hazardous Materials that are at the
Hotels in violation of applicable law and shall remedy the problem in accordance with all laws,
rules and regulations of any governmental authority. Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold
Operator harmless from and against all losses, expenses and liabilities (including but not limited
to any professional fees incurred by Operator to assess the situation or obtain advice on how to
proceed) in the event of a violation of this section or Owners failure to act promptly in
accordance with this Section, except to the extent Operator is required to indemnify Owner under
Section 23.1 hereof. Hazardous Materials shall mean any substance or material identified by any
law, rule or regulation as being hazardous to the health and safety or guests or employees and
requiring the monitoring, clean up or removal of such substance. Hazardous Materials shall
include, but not be limited to, asbestos, lead-based paint and PCBs.
15.3. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any
of their respective principals, partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person
designated by the U.S. Department of Treasurys Office of Foreign Asset Control as a specially
designated national or blocked person or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1 of
U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise identified by a
government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or Operator is prohibited from
transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the government of any
country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government; or (v) a person acting on
behalf of a government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States
government. Owner agrees that it will notify Operator in writing immediately upon the occurrence
of any event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in this
Section 15.3 incorrect.
15.4. Owner represents, warrants and covenants: (A) that it is familiar with the United States
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the
FCPA
), a copy of which is available at
http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html
, and the purposes of the FCPA, and in
particular, the FCPAs prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of value, either directly
or indirectly, by a
company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of its states, to an
official of a foreign government for the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such persons
official capacity, or inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a
company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or directing
business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and (B) that it has not
taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any action that would constitute a
violation of the FCPA or
26
any similar law.
15.5. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it is in full compliance with all Major
Agreements, that Owner has not received any notice of breach of any of such Major Agreements and
that Owner will maintain full compliance with all such Major Agreements during the Term of this
Agreement. Owner agrees to promptly provide to Operator copies of any notice of default or breach
received under any Major Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Franchise Agreement
defaults set forth on
Schedule 15.5
shall not be deemed Events of Default under this
Agreement unless Owner fails to cure such defaults within the applicable cure periods required by
the Hotels franchisor.
15.6. Owner represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
|
A.
|
|
Owner is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its
business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply
with the terms of this Agreement.
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by
Owner will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule or
regulation to which it is bound.
|
|
|
C.
|
|
This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its
terms and each instrument to be executed by Owner pursuant to this Agreement or in
connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against
Owner in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in
equity).
|
|
|
D.
|
|
There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or
other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to
Owners knowledge, threatened against Owner or any equity holder of Owner or of Owners
affiliates or their equity holders or any of their respective properties, assets,
rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse
effect on Owner or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the
ability of Owner to perform its obligations hereunder.
|
15.7. Operator represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
|
A.
|
|
Operator is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its
business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply
with the terms of this Agreement.
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by
|
27
|
|
|
Operator will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule
or regulation to which it is bound.
|
|
C.
|
|
This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Operator in accordance with its
terms and each instrument to be executed by Operator pursuant to this Agreement or in
connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against
Operator in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting
the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in
equity).
|
|
|
D.
|
|
There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or
other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to
Operators knowledge, threatened against Operator or any member of Operator or of
Operators affiliates or their members or any of their respective properties, assets,
rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse
effect on Operator or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the
ability of Operator to perform its obligations hereunder.
|
|
|
E.
|
|
Neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any of their respective principals,
partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person designated by the U.S.
Department of Treasurys Office of Foreign Asset Control as a specially designated
national or blocked person or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1
of U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise
identified by a government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or
Operator is prohibited from transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned
or controlled by the government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the
United States government; or (v) a person acting on behalf of a government of any
country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government. Operator
agrees that it will notify Owner in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any
event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in
this Section 15.7(E) incorrect.
|
|
|
F.
|
|
That (1) it is familiar with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act,
15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the
FCPA
), a copy of which is available at
http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html
, and the purposes of the FCPA,
and in particular, the FCPAs prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of
value, either directly or indirectly, by a company organized under the laws of the
United
States of America, or any of its states, to an official of a foreign government for
the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such persons official capacity, or
inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a
company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or
directing business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and
(2) it has not taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any
|
28
|
|
|
action that would constitute a violation of the FCPA or any similar law.
|
15.8. Operator hereby agrees, for the benefit of Owner, its successors and assigns, that Operator
will not own, operate, lease or otherwise have an interest in, directly or indirectly, in any hotel
in the Competitive Set of a Hotel during the Operating Term except for those Hotels shown on the
attached
Exhibit I
unless expressly permitted by Owner. If Operator elects to do so
without Owners consent, Owners sole remedy shall be termination of this Agreement solely with
respect to the Hotel(s) for which the other hotel is in their Competitive Set, without payment of
any termination fee, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Operator.
ARTICLE XVI
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION; CONDEMNATION
16.1. If a Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Operator shall promptly notify Owner. This
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect subsequent to such casualty; provided that:
A. either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the
other party if (i) Owner shall elect to close such Hotel as a result of such casualty (except on a
temporary basis for repairs or restoration) or (ii) Owner shall determine in good faith not to
proceed with the restoration of such Hotel; and
B. Owner or Operator may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the
other party if twenty percent (20%) or more of the rooms in such Hotel are unavailable for rental
for a period of sixty (60) days or more as a result of such casualty; provided that, if Owner
terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 16.1(B), such termination shall be deemed an
At-Will Termination (as defined in Section 19.3).
16.2. If all or any portion of a Hotel becomes the subject of a condemnation proceeding or if
Operator learns that any such proceeding may be commenced, Operator shall promptly notify Owner
upon Operators receipt of written notice thereof. Either party may terminate this Agreement with
respect to a Hotel on thirty (30) days written notice to the other party if (a) all or
substantially all of such Hotel is taken through condemnation or (b) less than all or substantially
all of such Hotel is taken, but, in the reasonable judgment of the party giving the termination
notice, such Hotel cannot, after giving effect to any restoration as might be reasonably
accomplished through available funds from the condemnation award, be profitably operated as a hotel
similar to that of the Hotel immediately prior to such condemnation.
16.3. Any condemnation award or similar compensation shall be the property of Owner, provided that
Operator shall have the right to bring a separate proceeding against the condemning authority
for any damages and expenses specifically incurred by Operator as a result of such condemnation.
29
ARTICLE XVII
REIT PROVISIONS
17.1. From the Commencement Date through the end of the Term:
(a) no wagering activities shall be conducted at or in connection with any Hotel by any person
who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such
business at or in connection with the applicable Hotel; and
(b) Operator shall qualify as an eligible independent contractor as defined in Section
856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code
), with respect to Lessee and
the REIT. To that end, Operator shall satisfy the following requirements:
(i) Operator shall not own, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Section
856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of the
REIT;
(ii) No more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in Operators
assets or net profits shall be owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more persons owning
thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the outstanding stock of the REIT; and
(iii) As of the Commencement Date and as of the commencement of any Renewal Term (each,
a
Renewal Commencement Date
), Operator shall be (or shall, within the definition of
Section 856(d)(9)(F), be related to a person (
Related Person
) that is) actively engaged in
the trade or business of operating qualified lodging facilities (defined below) for a
person who is not a related person within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code
with respect to the REIT (
Unrelated Persons
). In order to meet this requirement, Operator
shall, as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, reasonably project
that it (or any Related Person) will derive at least 10% of both its revenue and profit from
operating qualified lodging facilities (defined below) that Operator or a Related Person
operates as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, as applicable, for
Unrelated Persons for (i) the one-year period following the Commencement Date or the Renewal
Commencement Date, as applicable, and (ii) the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as
applicable. Upon request from the REIT, Operator shall provide documentation reasonably
necessary to verify the representation in the preceding sentence. A qualified lodging
facility, as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code, means a lodging facility
(defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such
facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally
authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A lodging
facility is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units
in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities
operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and
facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable
size and class owned by other owners unrelated to the REIT.
30
ARTICLE XVIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18.1. The following shall constitute events of default for which the non-defaulting party may
terminate this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel or Hotels as described below:
|
A.
|
|
If either party shall be in default in the payment of any amount required to be
paid under the terms of this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of ten
(10) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party;
|
|
|
B.
|
|
If either party shall be in material default of its obligations under this
Agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a threat to the health and safety of a
Hotels employees or guests, then this Agreement may be terminated upon written notice
from the non-defaulting party if such default is not immediately cured;
|
|
|
C.
|
|
If either party shall be in material default in the performance of its other
obligations under this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of thirty
(30) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party, provided that if such
default cannot by its nature reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, an
event of default shall not occur if and so long as the defaulting party promptly
commences and diligently pursues the curing of such default;
|
|
|
D.
|
|
If either party shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii)
institute any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy or
insolvency laws, (iii) institute any proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver,
trustee, custodian or similar official for its business or assets or (iv) consent to
the institution against it of any such proceeding by any other person or entity (an
Involuntary Proceeding
);
|
|
|
E.
|
|
If an Involuntary Proceeding shall be commenced against either party and shall
remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days;
|
|
|
F.
|
|
If Owner violates Sections 15.3 or 15.4 hereof, in which case Operator may
terminate this Agreement immediately; or
|
|
|
G.
|
|
If Operator violates any provision of Article XVII hereof, in which case Owner
may terminate this Agreement immediately.
|
18.2. Unless otherwise stated in Section 18.1 hereof, if any event of default shall occur, the
non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel(s) on five
(5) days prior notice to the defaulting party.
18.3. The right of termination set forth in Section 18.2 shall not be in substitution for, but
shall be
in addition to, any and all rights and remedies for breach of contract available in law or at
equity.
31
18.4. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement if and
to the extent that such party is unable to perform such obligation as a result of fire or other
casualty, act of God, strike or other labor unrest, unavailability of materials, war, terrorist
activity, riot or other civil commotion or any other cause beyond the control of such party (a
Force Majeure Event
) (which shall not include the inability of such party to meet its financial
obligations).
18.5. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any right such party may have against the other
party hereto at law, in equity or otherwise to any consequential damages, punitive damages or
exemplary damages.
18.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if, within thirty (30)
days after receiving Operators written request, Owner fails to approve any changes, repairs,
alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements to a Hotel which Operator determines in its
reasonable judgment are necessary to (i) protect such Hotel, Owner and/or Operator from innkeeper
liability exposure, (ii) ensure material compliance with any applicable code requirements
pertaining to life safety systems requirements or (iii) ensure material compliance with any
applicable state, local or federal employment law, including without limitation the Americans with
Disabilities Act, then Operator may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon thirty
(30) days written notice to Owner delivered at any time after the expiration of Owners thirty
(30) day approval period. Owner shall pay to Operator the At-Will Termination Fee (as defined in
Section 19.3) upon any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section, which At-Will
Termination Fee shall be due and payable upon the effective date of the termination of this
Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
ARTICLE XIX
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
19.1. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel, the rights and
obligations of the parties will cease with respect to such Hotel except as to fees and
reimbursements due the Operator and other claims of liabilities of either party which accrued or
arose before the effective date of termination, but shall remain in full force and effect with
respect to all other Hotels. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason during the Term of
this Agreement, Operator and Owner agree to sign any documents reasonably necessary to effect such
termination or change in management for the applicable Hotel(s) and Owner shall pay to Operator all
amounts due under this Agreement with respect to such Hotel(s) through the effective date of
termination.
19.2. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement:
A. Beginning with Fiscal Year 2011, if a Hotel fails to achieve as of the end of any Fiscal
Year (i) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the
budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year, AND (ii) eighty-seven and
one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotels RevPAR Benchmark (collectively, a
Performance Failure
),
subject to clauses (B) and (C) below, Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect
to such Hotel upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator with no termination fee or
similar compensation. The effectiveness of any such notice of termination, however, shall be
stayed until
32
completion of the applicable cure periods set forth in clause (B) below.
B. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(i) If a Performance Failure occurs with respect to a Fiscal Year, but the Hotel achieves as
of the end of the immediately following Fiscal Year (1) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least
eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for
such Fiscal Year, OR (2) eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotels RevPAR
Benchmark, then the Performance Failure shall be deemed cured and Owner shall have no right to
terminate for such Performance Failure (and any notice of termination with respect thereto shall be
deemed null and void).
(ii) If Owner notifies Operator that Owner elects to terminate this Agreement with respect to
a Hotel for a Performance Failure, Operator shall have a right exercisable no more than two (2)
times per Hotel, in its sole discretion, to cure the Performance Failure by, within thirty (30)
days of receipt of Owners termination notice, making a payment to Owner equal to the amount by
which eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such
Hotel exceeds actual Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year. In such case,
Owners notice of termination shall be deemed null and void. Upon the occurrence of a third
Performance Failure (but subject to clause (B)(i) above), Owner shall have the right to terminate
this Agreement with respect to such Hotel without the payment of a termination fee upon sixty (60)
days prior written notice to Operator.
For purposes hereof:
RevPAR Benchmark
means the Hotels RevPAR Index for the trailing 12-months ending on
the Commencement Date.
RevPAR Index
means the RevPAR Index included in the STR Report produced for the Hotel
by Smith Travel Research or, if Smith Travel Research no longer is in existence at any time
during the Term, the successor of Smith Travel Research or such other industry resource that
is equally as reputable as Smith Travel Research will be substituted, in order to obtain
substantially the same result as would be obtained if Smith Travel Research has not ceased
to be in existence.
Competitive Set
for each Hotel means the hotels listed on
Exhibit J
attached
hereto, or such other hotels as may be reasonably agreed upon by Owner and Operator from
time to time during the Term. The Owner and Operator shall discuss at least once a year,
and upon any major change to an existing hotel in the Competitive Set, the composition of
the Competitive Set. Any changes to a Hotels Competitive Set must be mutually agreed upon
by Owner and Operator.
C. In the event of the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event (as defined below), Owner shall
not be entitled to exercise its termination right under this Section 19.2 with respect to any
period of time in which such Force Majeure Event occurred or is continuing.
33
19.3. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement and notwithstanding
anything contained therein to the contrary:
A. (i) Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to an individual Hotel upon the sale of
such Hotel to a bona fide unaffiliated third party, so long as (a) Owner provides to Operator at
least sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination, (b) all amounts due Operator under this
Agreement with respect to such Hotel have been paid in full, and(c) subject to clause (ii) below,
Owner pays Operator the Sale Termination Fee (as defined below) on the effective date of
termination.
For the purposes of this Section 19.3(A), the
Sale Termination Fee
shall be equal to
an amount which would provide Operator with a thirty percent (30%) Internal Rate of Return (as
defined below) with respect to the following cash flows for such Hotel: (x) the Hotel Allocated
Value (as defined below) as the initial outflow and (y) as inflows, as and when paid to Operator:
(1) fifty percent (50%) of the Basic Fees and Accounting actually collected by
Operator for such terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year from the date the Hotel was
added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement with
respect to such Hotel; plus
(2) if for any given Fiscal Year, an Incentive Fee was earned and collected by
Operator under Section 9.3 and the EBITDA Percentage (as defined below) of the
terminated Hotel is above the mean of all the Hotels EBITDA Percentage for such
Fiscal Year, fifty percent (50%) of the Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated
Hotel and actually collected by Operator for each Fiscal Year from the date the
Hotel was added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement
with respect to such Hotel.
The Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year, if applicable, shall be
calculated by multiplying the actual Incentive Fee, if any, for each Fiscal Year by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the trailing 12-month EBITDA of the terminated Hotel, and the denominator of
which is the aggregate 12-month EBITDA for all Hotels that were covered by this Agreement in
determining the Incentive Fee for the Fiscal Year in question.
(ii) If Owner and Operator add an Additional Hotel (as defined in Section 24.1) to this
Agreement:
(a) within nine (9) months following the termination of this Agreement pursuant
to Section 19.3(A)(i) with respect to a Hotel (the
Replacement Window Period
), and
(b) with an expiration date with respect to such Additional Hotel that is equal
to the original expiration date plus the number of days following commencement of
the Replacement Window Period required by Owner to add the
Additional Hotel to this Agreement,
34
then the payment of the Sale Termination Fee with respect to such terminated Hotel shall (x) if not
yet paid to Operator, be offset or (y) if paid to Operator, be credited against future Sale
Termination Fees due and payable from Owner. The amount of the offset or credit shall be
determined by multiplying the Sale Termination Fee by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
aggregate projected fifty percent (50%) of Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the
Additional Hotel for the next 12-months and the denominator of which is the aggregate fifty percent
(50%) of projected aggregate Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the terminated Hotel, for
the next 12-months (determined by such terminated Hotels Budget). Further, if Owner and Operator
add an Additional Hotel to this Agreement during a time period outside of a Replacement Window
Period, Owner shall receive a credit with respect to future terminations of Hotels subject to the
this Agreement (i.e., those terminated following the addition of such Additional Hotel to this
Agreement) equal for each such Additional Hotel to the present value of the aggregate fifty percent
(50%) of projected Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the Additional Hotel, discounted at
a rate of thirty percent (30%). Projected Basic Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be calculated
by multiplying (i) the mean of the actual Total Revenues of such Additional Hotel for the prior
three (3) Fiscal Years by (ii) the Basic Fee set forth in Section 9.1 hereof, and increasing such
product by the CPI. Projected Accounting Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be the Accounting Fee
set forth in Section 9.2 hereof multiplied by twelve (12).
B. In addition, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary,
Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to up to five (5) Hotels during any Fiscal Year,
with or without cause, so long as (i) Owner provides to Operator at least sixty (60) days prior
written notice of termination, (ii) all amounts due Operator under this Agreement with respect to
such Hotels have been paid in full, and (iii) Owner pays Operator the At Will Termination Fee (as
defined below) on the effective date(s) of termination. For the purposes of this Section 19.3(B),
the
At Will Termination Fee
shall be equal to the Sale Termination Fee; provided, however, solely
for the first (5) terminations with respect a Hotel, if the effective date of such termination
occurs on or before the end of the eighteenth (18th) month following the Commencement Date, the
Internal Rate of Return (as defined below) in such calculation shall be twenty percent (20%)
instead of thirty percent (30%).
C. For the purposes of this Agreement:
(i)
EBITDA Percentage
for any period shall mean EBITDA for such period divided by
Total Revenues for such period.
(ii)
Hotel Allocated Value
shall mean the dollar amount set forth on
Exhibit
K
with respect to each Hotel.
(iii)
Internal Rate of Return
shall mean the internal rate of return calculated for a
stream of payments using the XIRR function on Microsoft Excel.
19.4. Operator and Owner agree that upon termination, there may be certain adjustments to the final
accounting for which information may not be available at the time of the final accounting and
the parties agree to readjust such amounts and make the required cash adjustments when such
information becomes available; provided, however, but subject to the provisions of Article XXIII
35
hereof, all accounts shall be deemed final ninety (90) days after termination of the Agreement.
19.5. Operator shall release to Owner any of Owners funds and accounts controlled by Operator,
except as stated herein.
19.6. With the exception of employment records, Operator shall provide or make available to Owner
all books and records with respect to a Hotel upon termination of this Agreement with respect to
such Hotel.
19.7. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, Operator shall cooperate with Owner to assign any
permits or licenses to Owner or the subsequent manager or owner; provided that (i) Owner give
Operator sufficient time to effect such transfers; (ii) Owner shall cooperate and require that the
new manager and/or owner to cooperate with Operator with respect to such transfers; (iii) Owner
shall pay or reimburse any costs or expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by
Operator in connection with these efforts.
19.8. All software and hardware, used at the Hotel which is owned, licensed or proprietary to
Operator or its affiliated companies shall remain the exclusive property of Operator. Operator
shall have the right to remove such software and hardware, and Owner access to any proprietary
systems without compensation to Owner. Owner assumes all liability and shall indemnify Operator if
Owner uses illegally licensed software.
19.9. Intentionally Deleted.
19.10. Owner shall cause the succeeding employer to hire a sufficient number of employees at the
Hotel to avoid the occurrence of a closing under the WARN Act and shall otherwise comply with its
obligations under Section 4.3 hereof, or shall provide Operator with sufficient notice of
termination to allow Operator to comply with the WARN Act and avoid any liability thereunder.
ARTICLE XX
ASSIGNMENT
20.1. Operator shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of
Owner; provided that, Operator may, without the consent of Owner, assign this Agreement to (a) any
entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Operator (control being deemed to
mean the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or other beneficial interest in such
entity and/or the power to direct the day-to-day operations of such entity); (b) any entity which
is the successor by merger, consolidation or reorganization of Operator or Operators general
partner, managing member or parent corporation or (c) the purchaser of all or substantially all of
the hotel management business of Operator or Operators general partner, managing member or parent
corporation, unless any such assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or Interstate
Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (
IHR
). For purposes of this Agreement, a
Change in Control
of Operator
or IHR shall mean a change of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting control of
Operator or IHR, in a single transaction or series of transactions constituting a single
transaction (unless arising from the issuance in an underwritten public offering by IHR of voting
stock or
36
instruments convertible into voting stock) that, within six (6) months following the
closing of such transaction, results in (i) a change in a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of IHR and (ii) at the direction of such newly constituted Board of Directors, a
substantial change in the identity of the operating team responsible for the portfolio of Hotels
owned by Owner and operated under this Agreement. If Operator assigns this Agreement under
subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or
IHR, then Owner, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon at least
sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator and upon any such termination, Operator shall not
be entitled to any termination fee or similar compensation. If Operator assigns this Agreement
under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such assignment does not result in a Change in Control
of Operator or IHR, and such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and assumes
in writing all of Operators obligations under this Agreement from and after the effective date of
such assignment, Owner agrees to attorn to the assignee.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or be deemed to prohibit any pledge by Operator of
the Basic Fee, Incentive Fee or any other amounts received by Operator under this Agreement to any
lender as collateral security for debt of Operator and/or Operators affiliates.
20.2. Owner shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of
Operator; provided that, Owner may assign this Agreement without Operators consent to any person
or entity acquiring Owners leasehold interest and/or Land Holders fee or leasehold interest in a
Hotel as of the effective date of such acquisition if (a) Owner provides Operator with thirty (30)
days prior written notice of such assignment, and (b) such assignee agrees in writing to be bound
by this Agreement and assumes in writing all of Owners obligations under this Agreement from and
after the effective date of such assignment.
20.3. Upon any permitted assignment of this Agreement and the assumption of this Agreement by the
assignee, the assignor shall be relieved of any obligation or liability under this Agreement
arising after the effective date of the assignment.
ARTICLE XXI
NOTICES
21.1. Any notice, statement or demand required to be given under this Agreement shall be in
writing, sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile
transmission, receipt electronically or verbally confirmed, or by nationally-recognized overnight
courier, receipt confirmed, addressed if to:
|
|
|
Owner:
|
|
c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
|
|
|
2701 S. Minnesota, Suite 6
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
|
|
|
Attention: Dan Hansen
|
|
|
Facsimile No.: (605) 362-9388
|
|
|
|
and Operator:
|
|
Interstate Management Company, LLC
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
c/o Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc.
|
|
|
4501 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 500
|
|
|
Arlington, VA 22203
|
|
|
Attention: Executive Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
Facsimile No.: (703) 542-0965
|
or to such other addresses as Operator and Owner shall designate in the manner provided in this
Section 21.1. Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given (a) on the date three (3)
business days after it shall have been mailed, if sent by certified mail, (b) on the business day
it shall have been sent by facsimile transmission (unless sent on a non-business day or after
business hours in which event it shall be deemed given on the following business day), or (c) on
the date received if it shall have been given to a nationally-recognized overnight courier service.
ARTICLE XXII
SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPELS; RECOGNITION
22.1. Operator acknowledges and agrees that its rights under this Agreement are subject and
subordinate to the lien of any first mortgage or deed of trust loan, or any junior mortgage or deed
of trust loan held by an institutional investor, encumbering one or more Hotels whether now or
hereafter existing; provided, however, that (i) Operator shall not be obligated to waive or forbear
from receiving, on a current basis and as and when due under this Agreement, any and all fees due
to it under this Agreement prior to an event of default under any such mortgage or deed of trust
and (ii) Operator shall not be obligated to waive, or to forbear from exercising (unless and to the
extent Operator receives adequate assurance, in Operators good faith business judgment, that it
will be paid or reimbursed for any and all amounts due to Operator under this Agreement during the
period of any such forbearance, which period will not exceed 60 days in any event) any right it may
have to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Article 18 above. The provisions of this Section 22.1
shall be self operative but Operator agrees to execute and deliver promptly any document or
certificate containing such other terms as may be customary and reasonable confirming such
subordination as Owner or the holder of any such lien may reasonably request.
22.2. If any person or entity making or holding a loan to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust
encumbering one or more Hotels shall request that Operator agree to modifications of this
Agreement, Operator shall enter into an agreement setting forth such modifications provided that
the same do not adversely affect the rights or obligations of Operator under this Agreement. Such
modifications may include, but shall not be limited to, Operators agreement to give simultaneous
notice of, and the opportunity to cure within the applicable cure period set forth herein, any
defaults on the part of Owner to such person or entity.
22.3. Owner and Operator agree that from time to time upon the request of the other party or a
party to a Major Agreement, it shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days after the request a
certificate confirming that this Agreement is in full force and effect, stating whether this
Agreement has been modified and supplying such other information as the requesting party may
reasonably
require.
38
ARTICLE XXIII
INDEMNIFICATION
23.1. Operator hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Owner (and Owners agents, principals,
shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors and employees) harmless from and against all
liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable
attorneys fees and expenses) that may be incurred by or asserted against any such party and that
arise from (a) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of
Operator or Key Hotel Personnel, (b) the breach by Operator of any provision of this Agreement
caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of Operator
or Key Hotel Personnel, or (c) any action taken by Operator which is beyond the scope of Operators
authority under this Agreement. Owner shall promptly provide Operator with written notice of any
claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification.
Owner shall cooperate with the Operator or its counsel in the preparation and conduct of any
defense to any such claim or suit.
23.2. Except as provided in Section 23.1, Owner hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
Operator (and Operators agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors
and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and
expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses; and any
additional tax (excluding any tax that is based on net or gross income of Operator or its
affiliates) and interest and penalties thereon) that may be incurred by or asserted against
Operator and that arise from or in connection with (a) the performance of Operators services under
this Agreement, (b) any act or omission (whether or not willful, tortious, or negligent) of Owner
or any third party or (c) or any other occurrence related to the Hotels and/or Operators duties
under this Agreement whether arising before, during or after the Term. Operator shall promptly
provide Owner with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which
might result in such indemnification. Operator shall cooperate with the Owner or its counsel in
the preparation and conduct of any defense to any such claim or suit.
23.3. Supplementing the provisions of Sections 23.1 and 23.2, if any claim shall be made against
Owner and/or Operator which is based upon a violation or alleged violation of the Employment Laws
(an
Employment Claim
), the Employment Claim shall fall within Operators indemnification
obligations under Section 23.1
ONLY IF
it is based upon (a) the willful misconduct or gross
negligence of Operators off-site employees or Key Hotel Personnel or (b) Operators breach of its
obligations under Section 4.6 and shall otherwise fall within Owners indemnification obligations
under Section 23.2.
23.4. If any action, lawsuit or other proceeding shall be brought against any party (the
Indemnified Party
) hereunder arising out of or based upon any of the matters for which such party
is indemnified under this Agreement, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the party
required to provide indemnification hereunder (the
Obligor
) in writing (which may be in the form
of email) thereof and Obligor shall promptly assume the defense thereof (including without
limitation the employment of counsel selected by Obligor) unless otherwise agreed to by the parties
as provided herein, such defense to be subject to the consent of the Indemnified Party, which
consent
39
shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not
limitation, it shall be reasonable for the Indemnified Party to deny consent to any settlement that
requires the Indemnified Party to admit guilt or liability). The Indemnified Party shall cooperate
with the Obligor in the defense of any such action, lawsuit or proceeding, on the condition that
the Obligor shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred
in connection therewith. The Obligor shall have the right to negotiate settlement or consent to
the entry of judgment with respect to the matters indemnified hereunder; provided, however, that if
any such settlement or consent judgment contemplates any action or restraint on the part of the
Indemnified Party, then such settlement or consent judgment shall require the written consent of
the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition to the
foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right (at its own expense) to employ separate
counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof. An Indemnified Party may
settle any action on its own behalf (i.e., with respect to its own liability and with no
requirement of Obligor to admit guilt or liability) only with the prior written consent of Obligor,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not
limitation, it shall be reasonable for Obligor to deny consent to any settlement that requires
Obligor to expend funds in an amount Obligor determines in good faith is inappropriate so long as
the Indemnified Party remains adequately protected at all times). In the event that Obligor fails
to use reasonable efforts to defend or compromise any action, lawsuit or other proceeding for which
an Indemnified Party is indemnified hereunder or as the parties may agree, the Indemnified Party
may, at Obligors expense and without limiting Obligors liability under the applicable indemnity,
assume the defense of such action and the Obligor shall pay the charges and expenses of such
attorneys and other persons on a current basis within thirty (30) days of submission of invoices or
bills therefor. In the event the Obligor is Owner and Owner neglects or refuses to pay such
charges, Operator may pay such charges out of the Agency Account and deduct such charges from any
amounts due Owner, or add such charges to any amounts due Operator from Owner under this Agreement.
If Operator is the Obligor and Operator neglects or refuses to pay such charges, the amount of such
charges shall be deducted from any amounts due Operator under this Agreement.
23.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement with respect
to acts, omissions and occurrences arising during the Operating Term.
ARTICLE XXIV
MISCELLANEOUS
24.1. In the event that Operator and Owner desire to add a Hotel to this Agreement after the date
of this Agreement (an
Additional Hotel
), such Hotel shall become subject to the terms of this
Agreement upon the date of execution by Operator and Owner of a Joinder and Amendment Agreement in
the form of
Exhibit L
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
24.2. Owner and Operator shall execute and deliver all other appropriate supplemental agreements
and other instruments, and take any other action necessary to make this Agreement fully and legally
effective, binding, and enforceable as between them and as against third parties; provided,
however,
that neither party shall be required to execute any other document or instrument or perform any
other action that would materially increase its liability or decrease its rights under this
Agreement.
40
24.3. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof, superseding all prior agreements or undertakings, oral or written. Owner
acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, Owner has not relied on any projection of
earnings, statements as to the possibility of future success, or other similar matter which may
have been prepared by Operator.
24.4. The headings of the titles to the articles of this Agreement are inserted for convenience
only and are not intended to affect the meaning of any of the provisions hereof.
24.5. A waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be made only in writing and
shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms and conditions on any future occasion.
24.6. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Owner and Operator and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
24.7. This Agreement shall be construed, both as to its validity and as to the performance of the
parties, in accordance with the laws of the state of Maryland without reference to its conflict of
laws provisions.
24.8. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall, when
executed, be deemed to be an original and all of which shall be deemed to be one and the same
instrument. Signatures on this Agreement delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to be original
signatures for all purposes of this Agreement.
24.9. Any capitalized terms used within this Agreement which were not defined in this Agreement
shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Master Agreement.
ARTICLE XXV
SPECIAL FRANCHISE/LICENSE AGREEMENT PROVISIONS
So long as any Hotel is subject to a Franchise Agreement with Holiday Inn or another member of the
InterContinental Hotels Group (
IHG
), the following applies solely with respect to such Hotel(s)
and their respective Franchise Agreements:
(1) Operator agrees to accept, abide by and be subject to all rules, regulations, inspections
and requirements of Holiday Inn and/or IHG.
(2) If the Franchise Agreement shall terminate, the Operator shall cease to operate such Hotel
as a Holiday Inn Express Hotel or Holiday Inn Hotel, as the case may be.
(3) If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the
Franchise Agreement, the terms of the Franchise Agreement shall govern and control.
(4) Notwithstanding the consent of Holiday Inn and IHG to this Agreement, Owner and
41
all
guarantors shall remain liable to Holiday Inn and/or IHG under the terms of Franchise Agreement.
[
SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES
]
42
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, Operator and Owner have duly executed this Agreement the day and year
first above written.
OWNER:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 002, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 003, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 004, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 005, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 006, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 009, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 011, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 012, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 015, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 016, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 017, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 018, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 019, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 020, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 021, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 022, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 023, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 025, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 028, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 029, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 031, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 032, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 035, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 038, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 039, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 041, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 042, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 043, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 044, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 045, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 046, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 047, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 049, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 050, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 052, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 053, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 054, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 055, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 056, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 058, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 059, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 060, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 061, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 063, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 064, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 067, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 068, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 069, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 070, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 071, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 072, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 073, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 074, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 075, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 076, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 077, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 078, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 079, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following pages
]
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 081, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 082, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 083, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 084, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 085, LLC
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 088, LLC
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 091, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
[
signatures continue on the following page
]
49
OPERATOR:
INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
By:
|
|
Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Erica Hageman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Erica Hageman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice
President, Senior Corporate Counsel
|
|
|
|
50
EXHIBIT A
List of Hotels, Owners (Lessees) and Land Holders
51
EXHIBIT C
Existing Credit Card Vendor Contracts
53
EXHIBIT D
Operators Current Severance Payment Policy
54
EXHIBIT E
Transition Budget
55
EXHIBIT F
Centralized Services List
56
EXHIBIT G
Example of Calculation of Incentive Fee
and Incentive Fee Threshold
57
EXHIBIT H
Insurance Amounts
58
EXHIBIT I
Existing Operated Hotels
59
EXHIBIT J
Competitive Sets
60
EXHIBIT K
Hotel Allocated Value List
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hotel
|
|
City
|
|
State
|
|
Allocated Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
EXHIBIT L
FORM OF JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
The undersigned Operator and Owner hereby agree that, as of the date set forth below:
(1) Owner and Operator are parties to an Amended and Restated Hotel Management Agreement,
dated as of
_____________, _______ (the
Management Agreement
). Owner and Operator desire to amend
the Management Agreement to include the hotel property set forth on
Schedule I
attached
hereto (the
Additional Hotel
).
(3)
Exhibit A
and
Exhibit K
to the Management Agreement shall be amended to
include the Additional Hotel, and the Additional Hotel shall be a Hotel under the Management
Agreement.
(4) Owner and Operator shall be bound by the terms of the Management Agreement with respect to
the Additional Hotel.
(5) This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument. For the
purpose of this Joinder, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals.
[
Remainder of page intentionally left blank
]
62
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Operator and Owner have duly executed this Joinder as of the _____ day of
______________, 20__.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OWNER:
[List of Owners (lessees)]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATOR:
INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By:
|
Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
63
SCHEDULE I TO THE JOINDER AGREEMENT
ADDITIONS TO EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT K TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner Entity
|
|
Land Holder Entity
|
|
Hotel
|
|
City
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hotel Allocated Value: $_________________
64
SCHEDULE 15.5
Franchise Defaults
65
Exhibit 10.5
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
(the
Modification
) is entered into as of February 14, 2011,
by and between the lender(s) (
Lender
) listed on
Exhibit A
(the
Loan Schedule
) and the
borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to
Lender
and
Borrower
shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively,
listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the
Loan
), Borrower has
entered into a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated,
supplemented, extended or renewed, the
Loan Agreement
). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note
evidencing the Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the
Loan (all as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to
collectively as the
Current Loan Documents
. The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this
Modification, are referred to as the
Loan Documents
, and references in the Current Loan Documents
and this Modification to the Loan Documents, or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to
such Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
B. The Loan was guaranteed by Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability
company (
Pre-Merger Guarantor
).
C. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification
Regarding Certain Loans (the
Consent Letter
) Pre-Merger Guarantor intends to merge (the
Merger
), concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP,
LP, a Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of
Lenders consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Borrower agreed to
enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is
attached hereto as
Exhibit C
.
D. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification
shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule
. Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the
Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this
Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan
Schedule is complete and correct.
2.
Definitions
. As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as
follows:
Business Day
means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which
banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
Collateral
means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender
is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become
subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any
portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
Default
means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.
Event of Default
means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a
default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.
Lender Party
and
Lender Parties
means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director,
officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of
or to Lender or any such affiliate.
Obligations
means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations,
liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of
money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider
arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the
same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct
or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or
hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
Payment Day
means the first day of each calendar month.
Rate Contract
means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the
Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against
fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
Secured Rate Contract
means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto
which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
Secured Swap Provider
means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate
Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
Site
shall have the same meaning as the term Premises in the Loan Agreement.
3.
Loan Balance
. Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance
of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates
there stated.
4.
Modifications
. In addition to any and all other modifications made by this
Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
(a)
Definitions
. The following definitions contained in
Section 1
of the Loan
Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party
means Borrower, Guarantor and each other individual or entity that
executes any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by
any Loan Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control
means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties,
including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease
to be the sole general partner of Guarantor; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly
owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of
the general and limited partnership interests in Guarantor; (d) Summit Hotel TRS,
Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall
cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; (f) Borrower
shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Guarantor; or (g) if any Person as
defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the
Exchange Act
) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a
group as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT
Effective Date becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under
the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties,
as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.s
then outstanding securities.
2
Guarantor
means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
Loan Documents
means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the
Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security
Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management
Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding
Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender
and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith
or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement
means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement,
dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended
from time to time.
Manager
means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.
Permitted Exceptions
means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and
encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements
thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole
discretion
(b)
Additional Definitions
. The following definitions are hereby added to
Section 1
of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement
means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain
Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement
means that certain Operating Lease Subordination
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as
the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment
means that certain Assignment, Consent and
Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among
Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date
means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public
offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc.
means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP
means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP
means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease
means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, between Borrower,
as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee
means Summit Hotel TRS 006, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement
means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February
14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the
same may be amended from time to time.
3
(c)
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
.
Section 6J
of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
J.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
. From and after the Completion Date, Guarantor
and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions)
shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution
payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Guarantors fiscal
year-end. For purposes of this Section, the term Debt Service Coverage Ratio
shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the
date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as
determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income
taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring
renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other
non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first
mortgage term debt.
For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth
below:
Depreciation and Amortization
shall mean the depreciation and amortization
accruing during any period of determination with respect to Guarantor and the other
Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Expense
shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all
interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Guarantor and
the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
(d)
Covenants
. The following covenant is added to
Section 6
of the Loan
Agreement:
R.
ERISA
. Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any
obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any
of Lenders rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory
or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower
further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time
to time, as requested by Lender, in Lenders sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is
not and does not maintain an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a governmental plan within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes
regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans;
and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in
Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests
in Borrower are held by benefit plan investors within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an operating company or a real
estate operating company within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
(e)
Defaults and Remedies
. The following Event of Default is hereby added to
Section 9A
of the Loan Agreement:
(9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
(f)
Interest Rate Modification
. Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such
date, the
New Interest Rate Effective Date
), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months.
Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the
interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate
of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant
to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into
account as interest or in the nature of interest.
BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM
4
THE RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE.
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall
control:
(i)
Spread
means 4.00%.
(ii)
Variable Rate
means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest
Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first
monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate
per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar
month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus
the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in
effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate
Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from,
and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable
Rate Set Date.
(iii)
Variable Rate Base
means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank
Offered Rate as published in
The Wall Street Journal
. If for any reason such rate
is no longer published in
The Wall Street Journal
, Lender shall select such
replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely
approximates such rate.
(iv)
Variable Rate Set Date
means the first monthly payment due date to occur
after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due
date thereafter.
(g)
Monthly Payment Amount
. Regular monthly payments (each, a
Monthly
Payment
) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the
Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the
amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing
with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level
monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization
Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest
Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last
Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each
subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect
commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11
Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such
period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a
particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as
of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest
in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the
Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the
entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and
any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents.
Reference
Date
means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date.
Amortization Period
means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to
the Note as in effect prior to this Modification.
BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES
AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY
PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD
THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN
WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.
5
(h)
Prepayments
. From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current
Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
(i)
Generally
. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan
Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the
Permitted Prepayment
Date
); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of the
proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal
balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being
applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial prepayment will be permitted);
and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by payment to Lender of: (1) interest on
the prepaid principal through the Permitted Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other
amounts due and payable with respect to the Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the
amount described below.
SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED
PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE
PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE
OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF
INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND, ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER
CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT
OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD
HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT
PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE.
Any other provision of the Loan Documents to the
contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of acceleration by Lender
in exercise of Lenders rights, then, in addition to any other amounts that Borrower
may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the Prepayment Fee.
(ii)
Prepayment Fee
. The
Prepayment Fee
will equal to 2% of the
amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid,
if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
(i)
Additional Financial Covenant
. Commencing with the TTM Period (defined
below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents
are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial
covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
(i)
FCCR (Consolidated)
. As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and
the Affiliates of Borrower listed on
Exhibit B
hereto (collectively, the
Designated
Parties
) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on
Exhibit B
(collectively, the
Designated Properties
) on the last day of each of
Borrowers fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this
Section
4(i)(i)
(each, a
Testing Date
), the Designated Parties must have a
Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in
this
Section
4(i)(i)
.
Combined FCCR
means, with respect to the 12-month period of
time (each, the
TTM Period
) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio
calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and
calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of
the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income
taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and
Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for
replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room
revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or
minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to
(ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease
Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital
Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest
expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest
payments on Loans that have been paid off in full;
provided that
if a loan
designated on
Exhibit B
(each, a
Designated Loan
) has been partially paid off or
refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the
remaining unpaid portion, as determined by
6
Lender in accordance with the applicable documents and instruments for the
Designated Loan, shall be included in the computation of principal and interest
payments for the purpose of determining the Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property
is released by Lender as collateral (including, for example, upon payment in full of
the affected Designated Loan) the income and expenses of that Designated Property
(as determined by Lender) will be excluded from the determination of the Combined
FCCR. The foregoing shall not obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept
prepayments other than as provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable
documents and instruments with respect to the Designated Loans.
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant
|
|
Trailing Twelve Months Ending
|
|
Covenant Level
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
July 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
March 31, 2012 and as of each
fiscal quarter end thereafter
|
|
1.30:1.00
|
(ii)
Definitions
. The following terms used in
Section
4(i)(i)
of this
Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease
means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of,
or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real,
personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or
should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person
or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses
means all payments and expenses incurred by
Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to
each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases
during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
(j)
Non-Conforming Payments
. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to
Borrowers account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan
Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole
option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the
exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late
payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which
the item of payment was drawn.
UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIERS
CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLERS CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS CHECKS, AND
MONEY ORDERS, ARE
NOT
ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT
BORROWERS RISK OF LOSS
.
(k)
Disputed Payments
. All written communication concerning disputed amounts,
including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment
constitutes payment in full or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or
(ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at
the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for
remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
(l)
Flood Insurance
. Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to
Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar
real property lien, is located in a
7
Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal Emergency Management
Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage sufficient to rebuild or
replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal to the maximum amount of
coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with a deductible not to
exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by
our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This
insurance may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged,
the coverage we purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You
may later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage
elsewhere. You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of
this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your
contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to
this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage
lapsed or the date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be
considerably more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy
any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by
applicable law.
(m)
Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest
. Borrower agrees to pay an
effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in
the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from
any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan
Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as
interest or in the nature of interest.
5.
Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents
. Guarantor represents and warrants that it
is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Guarantor and by virtue of such merger has assumed,
agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and
liabilities of Pre-Merger Guarantor, including, without limitation, guaranty of the Obligations
pursuant to the Unconditional Guaranty of Payment and Performance dated as of February 29, 2008
(the
Guaranty
). Without limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Guarantor
hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform all of the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty and
all of the other Loan Documents to which Pre-Merger Guarantor is a party and to be subject to and
bound by all of the liens, encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of
security made in connection with the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.
Upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in
Section 10
and the effectiveness of this
Modification, (a) Lender (i) consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Guarantor with and into
Guarantor, (ii) acknowledges that the general partner of the Guarantor will be Summit GP, which
shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (iii) acknowledges
that all of the membership interests in Borrower shall be owned by Guarantor, and (b) all
references to the Guarantor (including terms such as trustor, grantor, and assignor) in the
Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP. Lender further consents to (A) the execution
and delivery of the TRS Lease (
provided
that such lease shall at all times be subject and
subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the Obligations) and (B) the execution and
delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms and conditions of the Management
Agreement Assignment).
6.
Borrower Representations and Warranties
. As additional consideration to and
inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and
covenants with Lender as follows:
(a)
Representations and Warranties
. Each and all representations and
warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will
continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue
to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by
this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
8
(b)
No Defaults
. Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents,
nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of
notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by
Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
(c)
No Material Changes
. There has been no material adverse change in the
financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been
delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement
received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
(d)
No Conflicts; No Consents Required
. Neither execution nor delivery of this
Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or
result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of
Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower
may be bound. No consents, approvals or authorizations are required for the execution and
delivery of this Modification by Borrower or for Borrowers compliance with its terms and
provisions.
(e)
Claims and Defenses
. Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or
set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in
interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has
no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted
against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or
any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
(f)
Validity
. This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will
continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower
Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their
terms.
(g)
Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization
. Borrower
validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the
other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this
Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action
by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on
behalf of Borrower.
(h)
No Duress
. Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary
act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or
any other party.
(i)
Franchise Obligations
. Borrower is not in default under any franchise
agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a
Franchise
Agreement
) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one
or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing,
Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto
that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or
re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are
subject to a Franchise Agreement (together,
Re-imaging Obligations
). Borrower has
sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are
currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period
following the date hereof.
(j)
Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations
.
There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations
or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers
knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been
involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or
could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties
or the Property.
(k)
Bankruptcy and Similar Matters
. There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or
similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, threatened
that involve any
9
Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any Borrower Party have
been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been transferred by deed in
lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such Borrower Party) a petition
under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge of its debts under the
United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a principal officer, executive,
member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a similar position in an entity
that, during the time such Person held such position or within one year after leaving such
position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code
or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
(l)
Solvency
. Both before and immediately after the consummation of the
transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions,
(i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value)
is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated
liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its liabilities as such
liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably small capital. In
computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities
shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing
at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or
matured liability.
(m)
Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement
. Borrower has delivered to
Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management
Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force
and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the
franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations
of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any
other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or
Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has
not been cured. To the best of Borrowers knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition
exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a
default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject
to any performance improvement plan or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement
or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement
plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense,
required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior
to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management
Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or
management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
(n)
Information
. All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any
other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or
in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial
projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on
behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification
(collectively, the
Information
) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the
date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result
in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the
date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information
in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any
knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to
Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All
financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were
prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower
and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
(o)
Full Disclosure
. There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower
Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and
adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the
Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender
prior to the date of this Modification.
10
(p)
No Plan Assets
. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an
employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (
ERISA
), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute plan assets of one or
more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i)
neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a governmental plan within the meaning of
Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party
are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with
respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder
from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by
this Modification.
7.
Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral
. The Current Loan Documents,
as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full
force and effect. Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification:
(a) the liens of Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force
and effect and none of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security
interests; and (b) this Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of
Lender in respect of the Loan Documents.
8.
Guarantor Provisions
.
(a)
Agreement and Consent; Reaffirmation; and Acknowledgement
. Guarantor
consents and agrees to the terms and conditions of this Modification; and reaffirms the
Guaranty and confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding this Modification and consummation of
the transactions contemplated thereby, including the release of any collateral, the Guaranty
and all of Guarantors covenants, obligations, agreements, waivers, and liabilities set
forth in the Guaranty continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with
respect to the obligations guaranteed, modified only to the extent that the guaranteed
obligations are modified by this Modification.
(b)
Representations and Warranties
. Guarantor represents and warrants to
Lender that: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of
Guarantor from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Guarantor; (ii)
each and all representations and warranties of Guarantor in the Current Loan Documents are
and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct; (iii) neither execution nor delivery
of this Modification nor fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof
will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a
Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which
Guarantor may be bound. No consents, approvals or authorizations are required for the
execution and delivery of this Modification by Guarantor or for Guarantors compliance with
its terms and provisions; (iv) Guarantor has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or offsets
against Lender or its predecessors in interest or with respect to any of its obligations or
other liabilities under the Guaranty as a result of this Modifications or otherwise, any
such claims, counterclaims, defenses or offsets being hereby waived and released; (v)
Guarantor has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary act, without any duress,
coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or any other party; (vi) this
Modification is the legal, valid and binding agreement of Guarantor and is enforceable
against Guarantor in accordance with its terms; and (vi) Guarantor has the full power,
authority, capacity and legal right to execute and deliver this Modification and, with
respect to each Guarantor that is an entity, the parties executing this Modification on
behalf of such Guarantor are fully authorized and directed to execute the same to on behalf
of and to bind such Guarantor.
9.
Fees and Costs
. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to
Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of
its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys fees; (b) a
processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing
the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and
unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.
11
10.
Conditions Precedent
. The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions
and other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are
subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this
Section 10
and such
other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the
Conditions
),
in Lenders sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion,
waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all
Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower,
whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
(a)
Borrower Performance
. Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and
delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed
all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
(b)
Representations and Warranties
. The representations and warranties of
Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or
instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all
material respects.
(c)
Existence and Authority
. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have
provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the
laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is
located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and
any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
(d)
Lien Priority
. Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title
reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall
reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lenders liens in the
Collateral.
(e)
Insurance
. Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory
to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
(f)
Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees
. All costs, expenses, and fees to be
paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
(g)
No Default
. No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is
continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a
Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
(h)
Cross Agreement
. Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization
and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by
Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors
under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
(i)
Consent Letter
. All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent
Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of
the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
(j)
Additional Security Interest
. The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender
a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to
Lender.
(k)
REIT
. The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise
agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on
Lender.
12
11.
Descriptions not Limiting
. The description of the Loan Documents contained in
this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to
limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this
Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other
rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at
law, in equity or otherwise.
12.
Release
. Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and
discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts,
demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any
of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the
Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the
actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the
Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b)
relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this
Modification.
FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL
LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES
NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTYS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF
KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTYS SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED
PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST
IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY
AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
13.
Receivers
. Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default
under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed
receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lenders security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably
consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment
of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower
Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including
any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens
, that any of
them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such
jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take
possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to
implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and
records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Partys business or the Collateral;
and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any
Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receivers actions or failure to act.
14.
Inspections
. Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business
hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a)
provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower
Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b)
permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies (or take originals if
reasonably necessary) from all of Borrowers and such Borrower Partys Books and Records; and (c)
permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical verifications and
appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender reasonably considers
advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party agrees to render to the
Lender Parties, at Borrowers cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be
reasonably requested with regard thereto.
15.
Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages
. In no event shall Lender or any
other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for
any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business
or anticipated savings).
BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE
NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES,
WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
13
16.
Governing Law
. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS
LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS
MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT;
PROVIDED
THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
17.
Jurisdiction and Service of Process
.
(a)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to
any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located
in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower
Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Modification
or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding
in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to
the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies
available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive
any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such
action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
(b)
Service of Process
. Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal
service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service
of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding
brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in
connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the
mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such
Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such
mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a
final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in
other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing
contained in this
Section 17
shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other
manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed
against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
18.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
. LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING
WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
19.
Authorization to Disclose.
Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors
(including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release
to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any
depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise
agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower
Partys business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to
perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and
investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to
such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party.
The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other
information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect
to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is
referred to as the
Borrower Party Information
.
20.
Permitted Disclosures
. Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower
Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written
request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of
Default); (b) to any proposed
14
transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender, investor, ratings agency, or
other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale, assignment, or other transfer by
Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including servicing rights, or sale or other
disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of Lender or any insurance or title
company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including any
action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Modification
and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction contemplated hereby, including in
connection with the exercise of Lenders rights and remedies; (d) to the extent such information is
or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender to be subject to disclosure
restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or
is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as may otherwise be authorized in
writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the disclosures permitted by this
Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information authorized pursuant to any of the
Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may involve the transmission or other
communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of residence or domicile of such
Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower Party waives the provisions of
any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable governmental authority that would
otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
21.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Notices
. All notices, demands, requests, directions and other
communications (collectively,
Notices
) required or expressly authorized to be made by the
Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto
or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and
(b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such
other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices
may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S.
mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to
have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lenders
business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by
overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if
the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
(b)
Effect of Waivers and Consents
. Lenders consent to or waiver of any
matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any
future occasion.
(c)
Time of the Essence
. Time is of the essence in this Modification.
(d)
Binding Effect
. This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and
personal representatives.
(e)
Further Assurances
. Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as
appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as
reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
(f)
Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions
. Anything in
the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
(i)
Counterparts
. This Modification, as well as any other Loan
Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and
attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in
clause (ii)
below, an
executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an
Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart thereof.
15
(ii)
When Electronic Transmissions Authorized
. Lender and the Borrower
Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or
communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the
following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
(A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official
records of a governmental authority; and
(B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute
discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also
provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic
Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink
signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by
Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice
to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Partys
failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the
specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a
five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission
means each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or
communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes
electronically.
(iii)
Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions
. Subject to the
provisions of
clause (ii)
above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a
Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a partys
signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any
requirement for a writing, authentication, or signature pursuant to any
provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic
Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as
a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of
any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the
provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or
signed;
provided, however
, that nothing in this subsection shall limit a partys
right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic
Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission
was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower
Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not
necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including
risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
(g)
Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver
. The Current
Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and
agreement of Borrower and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior
representations, warranties, agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan
Documents may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing
signed by Lender and Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
16
Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LENDER:
GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Its: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
Date Signed: February 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management
With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
BORROWER:
SUMMIT HOSPITALITY V, LLC, a South Dakota
limited liability company
By: SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota
limited liability company, its Sole Member
By: THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
corporation, its Company Manager
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRE-MERGER GUARANTOR
:
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota
limited liability company
By: THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
corporation, its Company Manager
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
GUARANTOR:
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
By: SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, its General Partner
By: SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a
Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
18
EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY
EXHIBIT
10.6
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
(the
Modification
) is entered into as of February 14, 2011,
by and between the lender(s) (
Lender
) listed on
Exhibit A
(the
Loan Schedule
) and the
borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to
Lender
and
Borrower
shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively,
listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the
Loan
), Summit Hotel
Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (
Pre-Merger Borrower
) has entered into
a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated, supplemented,
extended or renewed, the
Loan Agreement
). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note evidencing the
Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan (all as
previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to collectively as
the
Current Loan Documents
. The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are
referred to as the
Loan Documents
, and references in the Current Loan Documents and this
Modification to the Loan Documents, or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such
Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
B. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification
Regarding Certain Loans (the
Consent Letter
) Pre-Merger Borrower intends to merge (the
Merger
),
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a
Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of Lenders
consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Pre-Merger Borrower agreed to
enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is
attached hereto as
Exhibit C
.
C. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification
shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule
. Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the
Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this
Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan
Schedule is complete and correct.
2.
Definitions
. As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as
follows:
Business Day
means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which
banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
Collateral
means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender
is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become
subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any
portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
Default
means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.
Event of Default
means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a
default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.
Lender Party
and
Lender Parties
means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director,
officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of
or to Lender or any such affiliate.
Obligations
means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations,
liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of
money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider
arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the
same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct
or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or
hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
Payment Day
means the first day of each calendar month.
Rate Contract
means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the
Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against
fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
Secured Rate Contract
means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto
which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
Secured Swap Provider
means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate
Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
Site
shall have the same meaning as the term Premises in the Loan Agreement.
3.
Loan Balance
. Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance
of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates
there stated.
4.
Modifications
. In addition to any and all other modifications made by this
Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
(a)
Definitions
. The following definitions contained in
Section 1
of the Loan
Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party
means Borrower and each other individual or entity that executes
any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by any Loan
Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control
means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties,
including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease
to be the sole general partner of Borrower; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly
owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of
the general and limited partnership interests in Borrower; (d) Summit Hotel TRS,
Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall
cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; or (f) if any
Person as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the
Exchange Act
) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including
a group as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT
Effective Date becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under
the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties,
as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.s
then outstanding securities.
Loan Documents
means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the
Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security
Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management
Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding
2
Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender
and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith
or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement
means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement,
dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended
from time to time.
Manager
means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.
Permitted Exceptions
means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and
encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements
thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole
discretion
(b)
Additional Definitions
. The following definitions are hereby added to
Section 1
of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement
means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain
Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement
means that certain Operating Lease Subordination
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as
the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment
means that certain Assignment, Consent and
Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among
Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date
means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public
offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc.
means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP
means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP
means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease
means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between
Borrower, as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee
means Summit Hotel TRS 022, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement
means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February
14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the
same may be amended from time to time.
(c)
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
.
Section 6J
of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
J.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
. From and after the Completion Date, Borrower
and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions)
shall maintain a
3
Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and
1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrowers fiscal year-end.
For purposes of this Section, the term Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean with
respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of
determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in
accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes,
Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel
expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2)
principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth
below:
Depreciation and Amortization
shall mean the depreciation and amortization
accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other
Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Expense
shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all
interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and
the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
(d)
Covenants
. The following covenant is added to
Section 6
of the Loan
Agreement:
R.
ERISA
. Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any
obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any
of Lenders rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory
or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower
further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time
to time, as requested by Lender, in Lenders sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is
not and does not maintain an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a governmental plan within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes
regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans;
and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in
Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests
in Borrower are held by benefit plan investors within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an operating company or a real
estate operating company within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
(e)
Defaults and Remedies
. The following Event of Default is hereby added to
Section 9A
of the Loan Agreement:
(9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
(f)
Interest Rate Modification
. Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such
date, the
New Interest Rate Effective Date
), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months.
Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the
interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate
of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant
to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into
account as interest or in the nature of interest.
BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM THE
RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE.
Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall control:
(i)
Spread
means 4.00%.
4
(ii)
Variable Rate
means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest
Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first
monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate
per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar
month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus
the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in
effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate
Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from,
and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable
Rate Set Date.
(iii)
Variable Rate Base
means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank
Offered Rate as published in
The Wall Street Journal
. If for any reason such rate
is no longer published in
The Wall Street Journal
, Lender shall select such
replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely
approximates such rate.
(iv)
Variable Rate Set Date
means the first monthly payment due date to occur
after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due
date thereafter.
(g)
Monthly Payment Amount
. Regular monthly payments (each, a
Monthly
Payment
) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the
Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the
amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing
with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level
monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization
Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest
Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last
Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each
subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect
commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11
Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such
period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a
particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as
of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest
in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the
Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the
entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and
any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents.
Reference
Date
means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date.
Amortization Period
means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to
the Note as in effect prior to this Modification.
BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES
AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY
PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD
THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN
WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.
(h)
Prepayments
. From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current
Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
(i)
Generally
. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan
Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the
Permitted Prepayment
Date
); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of the
proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal
balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being
applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial
5
prepayment will be permitted); and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by
payment to Lender of: (1) interest on the prepaid principal through the Permitted
Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other amounts due and payable with respect to the
Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the amount described below.
SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE
ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT
MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT
A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO
REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND,
ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER
AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE
AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF
PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE.
Any other provision of the Loan
Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of
acceleration by Lender in exercise of Lenders rights, then, in addition to any
other amounts that Borrower may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the
Prepayment Fee.
(ii)
Prepayment Fee
. The
Prepayment Fee
will equal to 2% of the
amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid,
if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
(i)
Additional Financial Covenant
. Commencing with the TTM Period (defined
below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents
are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial
covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
(i)
FCCR (Consolidated)
. As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and
the Affiliates of Borrower listed on
Exhibit B
hereto (collectively, the
Designated
Parties
) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on
Exhibit B
(collectively, the
Designated Properties
) on the last day of each of
Borrowers fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this
Section
4(i)(i)
(each, a
Testing Date
), the Designated Parties must have a
Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in
this
Section
4(i)(i)
.
Combined FCCR
means, with respect to the 12-month period of
time (each, the
TTM Period
) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio
calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and
calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of
the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income
taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and
Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for
replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room
revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or
minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to
(ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease
Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital
Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest
expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest
payments on Loans that have been paid off in full;
provided that
if a loan
designated on
Exhibit B
(each, a
Designated Loan
) has been partially paid off or
refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the
remaining unpaid portion, as determined by Lender in accordance with the applicable
documents and instruments for the Designated Loan, shall be included in the
computation of principal and interest payments for the purpose of determining the
Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property is released by Lender as collateral
(including, for example, upon payment in full of the affected Designated Loan) the
income and expenses of that Designated Property (as determined by Lender) will be
excluded from the determination of the Combined FCCR. The foregoing shall not
obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept prepayments other than as
provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable documents and instruments with
respect to the Designated Loans.
6
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant
|
|
Trailing Twelve Months Ending
|
|
Covenant Level
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
July 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
March 31, 2012 and as of each
fiscal quarter end thereafter
|
|
1.30:1.00
|
(ii)
Definitions
. The following terms used in
Section
4(i)(i)
of this
Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease
means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of,
or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real,
personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or
should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person
or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses
means all payments and expenses incurred by
Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to
each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases
during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
(j)
Non-Conforming Payments
. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to
Borrowers account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan
Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole
option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the
exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late
payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which
the item of payment was drawn.
UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIERS
CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLERS CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS CHECKS, AND
MONEY ORDERS, ARE
NOT
ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT
BORROWERS RISK OF LOSS
.
(k)
Disputed Payments
. All written communication concerning disputed amounts,
including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment
constitutes payment in full or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or
(ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at
the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for
remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
(l)
Flood Insurance
. Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to
Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar
real property lien, is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal
Emergency Management Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage
sufficient to rebuild or replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal
to the maximum amount of coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with
a deductible not to exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by
our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This
insurance
7
may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged,
the coverage we
purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You may later cancel
this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage elsewhere. You are
responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of this insurance may
be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your contract or loan
balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to this added
amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the
date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be considerably
more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for
property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by applicable law.
(m)
Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest
. Borrower agrees to pay an
effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in
the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from
any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan
Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as
interest or in the nature of interest.
5.
Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents
. Borrower represents and warrants that it
is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Borrower and by virtue of such merger has assumed,
agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and
liabilities of Pre-Merger Borrower, including, without limitation, the Obligations. Without
limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to
pay and perform all of the Obligations and to be subject to and bound by all of the liens,
encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of security made in connection with
the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the satisfaction of the
conditions precedent in
Section 9
and the effectiveness of this Modification, (a) Lender (i)
consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Borrower with and into Borrower and (ii) acknowledges that the
general partner of the Borrower will be Summit GP, which shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which
shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (b) all references to the Borrower (including terms such as
trustor, grantor, and assignor) in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP.
Lender further consents to (A) the execution and delivery of the TRS Lease (
provided
that such
lease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the
Obligations) and (B) the execution and delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms
and conditions of the Management Agreement Assignment).
6.
Borrower Representations and Warranties
. As additional consideration to and
inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and
covenants with Lender as follows:
(a)
Representations and Warranties
. Each and all representations and
warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will
continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue
to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by
this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
(b)
No Defaults
. Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents,
nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of
notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by
Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
(c)
No Material Changes
. There has been no material adverse change in the
financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been
delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement
received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
(d)
No Conflicts; No Consents Required
. Neither execution nor delivery of this
Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or
result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of
Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower
may be bound. No consents, approvals or
8
authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by
Borrower or for Borrowers compliance with its terms and provisions.
(e)
Claims and Defenses
. Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or
set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in
interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has
no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted
against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or
any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
(f)
Validity
. This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will
continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower
Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their
terms.
(g)
Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization
. Borrower
validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the
other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this
Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action
by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on
behalf of Borrower.
(h)
No Duress
. Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary
act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or
any other party.
(i)
Franchise Obligations
. Borrower is not in default under any franchise
agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a
Franchise
Agreement
) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one
or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing,
Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto
that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or
re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are
subject to a Franchise Agreement (together,
Re-imaging Obligations
). Borrower has
sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are
currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period
following the date hereof.
(j)
Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations
.
There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations
or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers
knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been
involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or
could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties
or the Property.
(k)
Bankruptcy and Similar Matters
. There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or
similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, threatened
that involve any Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any
Borrower Party have been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been
transferred by deed in lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such
Borrower Party) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge
of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a
principal officer, executive, member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a
similar position in an entity that, during the time such Person held such position or within
one year after leaving such position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United
States Bankruptcy Code.
(l)
Solvency
. Both before and immediately after the consummation of the
transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions,
(i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value)
is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated
liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its
9
liabilities as such liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably
small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any
time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected
to become an actual or matured liability.
(m)
Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement
. Borrower has delivered to
Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management
Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force
and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the
franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations
of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any
other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or
Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has
not been cured. To the best of Borrowers knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition
exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a
default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject
to any performance improvement plan or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement
or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement
plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense,
required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior
to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management
Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or
management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
(n)
Information
. All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any
other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or
in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial
projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on
behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification
(collectively, the
Information
) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the
date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result
in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the
date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information
in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any
knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to
Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All
financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were
prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower
and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
(o)
Full Disclosure
. There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower
Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and
adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the
Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender
prior to the date of this Modification.
(p)
No Plan Assets
. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an
employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (
ERISA
), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute plan assets of one or
more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i)
neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a governmental plan within the meaning of
Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party
are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with
respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder
from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by
this Modification.
7.
Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral
. The Current Loan Documents,
as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full
force and effect.
10
Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (a) the liens of
Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and effect and none
of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (b) this
Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the
Loan Documents.
8.
Fees and Costs
. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to
Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of
its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys fees; (b) a
processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing
the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and
unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.
9.
Conditions Precedent
. The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions and
other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are
subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this
Section 9
and such
other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the
Conditions
),
in Lenders sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion,
waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all
Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower,
whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
(a)
Borrower Performance
. Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and
delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed
all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
(b)
Representations and Warranties
. The representations and warranties of
Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or
instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all
material respects.
(c)
Existence and Authority
. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have
provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the
laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is
located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and
any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
(d)
Lien Priority
. Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title
reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall
reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lenders liens in the
Collateral.
(e)
Insurance
. Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory
to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
(f)
Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees
. All costs, expenses, and fees to be
paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
(g)
No Default
. No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is
continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a
Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
(h)
Cross Agreement
. Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization
and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by
Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors
under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
11
(i)
Consent Letter
. All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent
Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of
the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
(j)
Additional Security Interest
. The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender
a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to
Lender.
(k)
REIT
. The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise
agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on
Lender.
10.
Descriptions not Limiting
. The description of the Loan Documents contained in
this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to
limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this
Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other
rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at
law, in equity or otherwise.
11.
Release
. Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and
discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts,
demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any
of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the
Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the
actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the
Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b)
relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this
Modification.
FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL
LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES
NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTYS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF
KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTYS SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED
PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST
IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY
AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
12.
Receivers
. Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default
under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed
receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lenders security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably
consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment
of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower
Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including
any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens
, that any of
them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such
jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take
possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to
implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and
records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Partys business or the Collateral;
and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any
Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receivers actions or failure to act.
13.
Inspections
. Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business
hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a)
provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower
Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b)
permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies
12
(or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of Borrowers and such Borrower Partys
Books and Records; and (c) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical
verifications and appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender
reasonably considers advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party
agrees to render to the Lender Parties, at Borrowers cost and expense, such clerical and other
assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
14.
Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages
. In no event shall Lender or any
other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for
any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business
or anticipated savings).
BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE
NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES,
WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
15.
Governing Law
. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS
LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS
MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT;
PROVIDED
THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
16.
Jurisdiction and Service of Process
.
(a)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to
any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located
in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower
Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Modification
or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding
in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to
the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies
available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive
any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such
action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
(b)
Service of Process
. Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal
service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service
of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding
brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in
connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the
mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such
Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such
mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a
final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in
other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing
contained in this
Section 16
shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other
manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed
against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
17.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
. LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING
WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
13
18.
Authorization to Disclose.
Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors
(including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release
to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any
depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise
agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower
Partys business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to
perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and
investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to
such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party.
The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other
information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect
to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is
referred to as the
Borrower Party Information
.
19.
Permitted Disclosures
. Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower
Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written
request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of
Default); (b) to any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender,
investor, ratings agency, or other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale,
assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including
servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of
Lender or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or
relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction
contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lenders rights and remedies; (d)
to the extent such information is or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender
to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable
law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as
may otherwise be authorized in writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the
disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information
authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may
involve the transmission or other communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of
residence or domicile of such Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower
Party waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable
governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
20.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Notices
. All notices, demands, requests, directions and other
communications (collectively,
Notices
) required or expressly authorized to be made by the
Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto
or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and
(b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such
other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices
may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S.
mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to
have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lenders
business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by
overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if
the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
(b)
Effect of Waivers and Consents
. Lenders consent to or waiver of any
matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any
future occasion.
(c)
Time of the Essence
. Time is of the essence in this Modification.
(d)
Binding Effect
. This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and
personal representatives.
14
(e)
Further Assurances
. Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as
appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as
reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
(f)
Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions
. Anything in
the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
(i)
Counterparts
. This Modification, as well as any other Loan
Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and
attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in
clause (ii)
below, an
executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an
Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart thereof.
(ii)
When Electronic Transmissions Authorized
. Lender and the Borrower
Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or
communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the
following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
(A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official
records of a governmental authority; and
(B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute
discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also
provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic
Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink
signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by
Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice
to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Partys
failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the
specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a
five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission
means each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or
communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes
electronically.
(iii)
Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions
. Subject to the
provisions of
clause (ii)
above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a
Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a partys
signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any
requirement for a writing, authentication, or signature pursuant to any
provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic
Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as
a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of
any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the
provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or
signed;
provided, however
, that nothing in this subsection shall limit a partys
right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic
Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission
was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower
Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not
necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including
risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
(g)
Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver
. The Current
Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and
agreement of Borrower
15
and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties,
agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed,
discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and
Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
16
Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LENDER:
GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Its: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
Date Signed: February 14, 2011
|
|
|
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management
With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRE-MERGER BORROWER
:
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited
liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
corporation, its Company Manager
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER:
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
|
|
|
By:
|
SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner
|
|
|
By:
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
18
EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY
EXHIBIT 10.7
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
This
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
(the
Modification
) is entered into as of February 14, 2011,
by and between the lender(s) (
Lender
) listed on
Exhibit A
(the
Loan Schedule
) and the
borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to
Lender
and
Borrower
shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively,
listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the
Loan
), Summit Hotel
Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (
Pre-Merger Borrower
) has entered into
a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated, supplemented,
extended or renewed, the
Loan Agreement
). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note evidencing the
Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan (all as
previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to collectively as
the
Current Loan Documents
. The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are
referred to as the
Loan Documents
, and references in the Current Loan Documents and this
Modification to the Loan Documents, or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such
Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
B. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification
Regarding Certain Loans (the
Consent Letter
) Pre-Merger Borrower intends to merge (the
Merger
),
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a
Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of Lenders
consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Pre-Merger Borrower agreed to
enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is
attached hereto as
Exhibit C
.
C. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification
shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule
. Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the
Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this
Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan
Schedule is complete and correct.
2.
Definitions
. As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as
follows:
Business Day
means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which
banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
Collateral
means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender
is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become
subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any
portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
Default
means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.
Event of Default
means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a
default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.
Lender Party
and
Lender Parties
means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director,
officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of
or to Lender or any such affiliate.
Obligations
means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations,
liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of
money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider
arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the
same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct
or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or
hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
Payment Day
means the first day of each calendar month.
Rate Contract
means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the
Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against
fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
Secured Rate Contract
means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto
which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
Secured Swap Provider
means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate
Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
Site
shall have the same meaning as the term Premises in the Loan Agreement.
3.
Loan Balance
. Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance
of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates
there stated.
4.
Modifications
. In addition to any and all other modifications made by this
Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
(a)
Definitions
. The following definitions contained in
Section 1
of the Loan
Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party
means Borrower and each other individual or entity that executes
any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by any Loan
Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control
means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties,
including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease
to be the sole general partner of Borrower; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly
owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of
the general and limited partnership interests in Borrower; (d) Summit Hotel TRS,
Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall
cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; or (f) if any
Person as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the
Exchange Act
) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including
a group as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT
Effective Date becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under
the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties,
as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.s
then outstanding securities.
Loan Documents
means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the
Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security
Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management
Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding
2
Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender
and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith
or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement
means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement,
dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended
from time to time.
Manager
means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.
Permitted Exceptions
means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and
encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements
thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole
discretion
(b)
Additional Definitions
. The following definitions are hereby added to
Section 1
of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement
means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain
Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement
means that certain Operating Lease Subordination
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as
the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment
means that certain Assignment, Consent and
Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among
Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date
means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC
has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public
offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc.
means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP
means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP
means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease
means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between
Borrower, as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee
means Summit Hotel TRS 047, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement
means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February
14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the
same may be amended from time to time.
(c)
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
.
Section 6J
of the Loan Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:
J.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
. From and after the Completion Date, Borrower
and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions)
shall maintain a
3
Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and
1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrowers fiscal year-end.
For purposes of this Section, the term Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean with
respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of
determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in
accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes,
Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel
expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2)
principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth
below:
Depreciation and Amortization
shall mean the depreciation and amortization
accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other
Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Expense
shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all
interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and
the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
(d)
Covenants
. The following covenant is added to
Section 6
of the Loan
Agreement:
R.
ERISA
. Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any
obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any
of Lenders rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory
or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower
further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time
to time, as requested by Lender, in Lenders sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is
not and does not maintain an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a governmental plan within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes
regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans;
and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in
Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests
in Borrower are held by benefit plan investors within the meaning of 29 C.F.R.
§2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an operating company or a real
estate operating company within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
(e)
Defaults and Remedies
. The following Event of Default is hereby added to
Section 9A
of the Loan Agreement:
(9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
(f)
Interest Rate Modification
. Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such
date, the
New Interest Rate Effective Date
), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months.
Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the
interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate
of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant
to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into
account as interest or in the nature of interest.
BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM THE
RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE.
Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall control:
(i)
Spread
means 4.00%.
4
(ii)
Variable Rate
means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest
Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first
monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate
per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar
month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus
the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in
effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate
Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from,
and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable
Rate Set Date.
(iii)
Variable Rate Base
means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank
Offered Rate as published in
The Wall Street Journal
. If for any reason such rate
is no longer published in
The Wall Street Journal
, Lender shall select such
replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely
approximates such rate.
(iv)
Variable Rate Set Date
means the first monthly payment due date to occur
after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due
date thereafter.
(g)
Monthly Payment Amount
. Regular monthly payments (each, a
Monthly
Payment
) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the
Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the
amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing
with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level
monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization
Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest
Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last
Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each
subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect
commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11
Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such
period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a
particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as
of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest
in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal
balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the
Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the
entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and
any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents.
Reference
Date
means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date.
Amortization Period
means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to
the Note as in effect prior to this Modification.
BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES
AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY
PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD
THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN
WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.
(h)
Prepayments
. From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current
Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
(i)
Generally
. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan
Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the
Permitted Prepayment
Date
); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of the
proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal
balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being
applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial
5
prepayment will be permitted); and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by
payment to Lender of: (1) interest on the prepaid principal through the Permitted
Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other amounts due and payable with respect to the
Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the amount described below.
SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE
ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT
MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT
A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO
REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND,
ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER
AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE
AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF
PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE.
Any other provision of the Loan
Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of
acceleration by Lender in exercise of Lenders rights, then, in addition to any
other amounts that Borrower may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the
Prepayment Fee.
(ii)
Prepayment Fee
. The
Prepayment Fee
will equal to 2% of the
amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid,
if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
(i)
Additional Financial Covenant
. Commencing with the TTM Period (defined
below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents
are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial
covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
(i)
FCCR (Consolidated)
. As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and
the Affiliates of Borrower listed on
Exhibit B
hereto (collectively, the
Designated
Parties
) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on
Exhibit B
(collectively, the
Designated Properties
) on the last day of each of
Borrowers fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this
Section
4(i)(i)
(each, a
Testing Date
), the Designated Parties must have a
Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in
this
Section
4(i)(i)
.
Combined FCCR
means, with respect to the 12-month period of
time (each, the
TTM Period
) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio
calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and
calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of
the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income
taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and
Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for
replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room
revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or
minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to
(ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease
Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital
Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest
expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest
payments on Loans that have been paid off in full;
provided that
if a loan
designated on
Exhibit B
(each, a
Designated Loan
) has been partially paid off or
refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the
remaining unpaid portion, as determined by Lender in accordance with the applicable
documents and instruments for the Designated Loan, shall be included in the
computation of principal and interest payments for the purpose of determining the
Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property is released by Lender as collateral
(including, for example, upon payment in full of the affected Designated Loan) the
income and expenses of that Designated Property (as determined by Lender) will be
excluded from the determination of the Combined FCCR. The foregoing shall not
obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept prepayments other than as
provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable documents and instruments with
respect to the Designated Loans.
6
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant
|
|
Trailing Twelve Months Ending
|
|
Covenant Level
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
July 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
1.20:1.00
|
Combined FCCR Covenant
|
|
March 31, 2012 and as of each
fiscal quarter end thereafter
|
|
1.30:1.00
|
(ii)
Definitions
. The following terms used in
Section
4(i)(i)
of this
Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease
means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of,
or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real,
personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or
should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person
or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses
means all payments and expenses incurred by
Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to
each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases
during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
(j)
Non-Conforming Payments
. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to
Borrowers account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan
Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole
option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the
exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late
payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which
the item of payment was drawn.
UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIERS
CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLERS CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS CHECKS, AND
MONEY ORDERS, ARE
NOT
ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT
BORROWERS RISK OF LOSS
.
(k)
Disputed Payments
. All written communication concerning disputed amounts,
including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment
constitutes payment in full or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or
(ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at
the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for
remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
(l)
Flood Insurance
. Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to
Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar
real property lien, is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal
Emergency Management Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage
sufficient to rebuild or replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal
to the maximum amount of coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with
a deductible not to exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by
our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This
insurance
7
may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged, the
coverage we purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You may
later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage
elsewhere. You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of
this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your
contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to
this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage
lapsed or the date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be
considerably more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy
any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by
applicable law.
(m)
Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest
. Borrower agrees to pay an
effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in
the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from
any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan
Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as
interest or in the nature of interest.
5.
Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents
. Borrower represents and warrants that it
is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Borrower and by virtue of such merger has assumed,
agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and
liabilities of Pre-Merger Borrower, including, without limitation, the Obligations. Without
limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to
pay and perform all of the Obligations and to be subject to and bound by all of the liens,
encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of security made in connection with
the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the satisfaction of the
conditions precedent in
Section 9
and the effectiveness of this Modification, (a) Lender (i)
consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Borrower with and into Borrower and (ii) acknowledges that the
general partner of the Borrower will be Summit GP, which shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which
shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (b) all references to the Borrower (including terms such as
trustor, grantor, and assignor) in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP.
Lender further consents to (A) the execution and delivery of the TRS Lease (
provided
that such
lease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the
Obligations) and (B) the execution and delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms
and conditions of the Management Agreement Assignment).
6.
Borrower Representations and Warranties
. As additional consideration to and
inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and
covenants with Lender as follows:
(a)
Representations and Warranties
. Each and all representations and
warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will
continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue
to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by
this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
(b)
No Defaults
. Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents,
nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of
notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by
Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
(c)
No Material Changes
. There has been no material adverse change in the
financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been
delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement
received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
(d)
No Conflicts; No Consents Required
. Neither execution nor delivery of this
Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or
result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of
Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower
may be bound. No consents, approvals or
8
authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by
Borrower or for Borrowers compliance with its terms and provisions.
(e)
Claims and Defenses
. Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or
set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in
interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has
no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted
against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or
any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
(f)
Validity
. This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will
continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower
Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their
terms.
(g)
Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization
. Borrower
validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the
other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this
Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action
by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on
behalf of Borrower.
(h)
No Duress
. Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary
act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or
any other party.
(i)
Franchise Obligations
. Borrower is not in default under any franchise
agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a
Franchise
Agreement
) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one
or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing,
Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto
that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or
re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are
subject to a Franchise Agreement (together,
Re-imaging Obligations
). Borrower has
sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are
currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period
following the date hereof.
(j)
Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations
.
There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations
or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers
knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been
involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or
could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties
or the Property.
(k)
Bankruptcy and Similar Matters
. There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or
similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrowers knowledge, threatened
that involve any Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any
Borrower Party have been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been
transferred by deed in lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such
Borrower Party) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge
of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a
principal officer, executive, member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a
similar position in an entity that, during the time such Person held such position or within
one year after leaving such position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United
States Bankruptcy Code.
(l)
Solvency
. Both before and immediately after the consummation of the
transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions,
(i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value)
is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated
liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its
9
liabilities as such liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably
small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any
time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected
to become an actual or matured liability.
(m)
Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement
. Borrower has delivered to
Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management
Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force
and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the
franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations
of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any
other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or
Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has
not been cured. To the best of Borrowers knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition
exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a
default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject
to any performance improvement plan or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement
or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement
plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense,
required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior
to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management
Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or
management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
(n)
Information
. All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any
other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or
in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial
projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on
behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification
(collectively, the
Information
) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the
date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result
in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the
date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information
in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any
knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to
Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All
financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were
prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower
and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
(o)
Full Disclosure
. There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower
Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and
adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the
Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender
prior to the date of this Modification.
(p)
No Plan Assets
. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an
employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (
ERISA
), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of
Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute plan assets of one or
more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i)
neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a governmental plan within the meaning of
Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party
are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with
respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder
from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by
this Modification.
7.
Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral
. The Current Loan Documents,
as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full
force and effect.
10
Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (a) the liens of
Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and effect and none
of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (b) this
Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the
Loan Documents.
8.
Fees and Costs
. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to
Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of
its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys fees; (b) a
processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing
the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and
unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.
9.
Conditions Precedent
. The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions and
other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are
subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this
Section 9
and such
other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the
Conditions
),
in Lenders sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion,
waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all
Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower,
whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
(a)
Borrower Performance
. Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and
delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed
all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
(b)
Representations and Warranties
. The representations and warranties of
Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or
instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all
material respects.
(c)
Existence and Authority
. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have
provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the
laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is
located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and
any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
(d)
Lien Priority
. Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title
reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall
reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lenders liens in the
Collateral.
(e)
Insurance
. Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory
to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
(f)
Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees
. All costs, expenses, and fees to be
paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
(g)
No Default
. No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is
continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a
Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
(h)
Cross Agreement
. Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization
and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by
Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors
under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
11
(i)
Consent Letter
. All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent
Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of
the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
(j)
Additional Security Interest
. The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender
a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to
Lender.
(k)
REIT
. The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur
concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise
agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on
Lender.
10.
Descriptions not Limiting
. The description of the Loan Documents contained in
this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to
limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this
Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other
rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at
law, in equity or otherwise.
11.
Release
. Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and
discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts,
demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any
of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the
Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the
actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the
Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b)
relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this
Modification.
FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL
LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES
NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTYS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF
KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTYS SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED
PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST
IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY
AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
12.
Receivers
. Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default
under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed
receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lenders security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably
consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment
of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower
Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including
any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens
, that any of
them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such
jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take
possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to
implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and
records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Partys business or the Collateral;
and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any
Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receivers actions or failure to act.
13.
Inspections
. Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business
hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a)
provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower
Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b)
permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies
12
(or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of Borrowers and such Borrower Partys
Books and Records; and (c) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical
verifications and appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender
reasonably considers advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party
agrees to render to the Lender Parties, at Borrowers cost and expense, such clerical and other
assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
14.
Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages
. In no event shall Lender or any
other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for
any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business
or anticipated savings).
BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE
NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES,
WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
15.
Governing Law
. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS
LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS
MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT;
PROVIDED
THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
16.
Jurisdiction and Service of Process
.
(a)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to
any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located
in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower
Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts;
provided, however,
that nothing in this Modification
or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding
in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to
the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies
available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive
any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such
action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
(b)
Service of Process
. Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal
service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service
of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding
brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in
connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the
mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such
Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such
mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a
final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in
other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing
contained in this
Section 16
shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other
manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed
against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
17.
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
. LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING
WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
13
18.
Authorization to Disclose.
Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors
(including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release
to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any
depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise
agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower
Partys business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to
perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and
investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to
such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party.
The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other
information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect
to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is
referred to as the
Borrower Party Information
.
19.
Permitted Disclosures
. Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower
Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written
request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of
Default); (b) to any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender,
investor, ratings agency, or other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale,
assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including
servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of
Lender or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or
relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction
contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lenders rights and remedies; (d)
to the extent such information is or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender
to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable
law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as
may otherwise be authorized in writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the
disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information
authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may
involve the transmission or other communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of
residence or domicile of such Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower
Party waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable
governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
20.
Miscellaneous
.
(a)
Notices
. All notices, demands, requests, directions and other
communications (collectively,
Notices
) required or expressly authorized to be made by the
Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto
or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and
(b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such
other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices
may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S.
mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to
have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lenders
business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by
overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if
the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
(b)
Effect of Waivers and Consents
. Lenders consent to or waiver of any
matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any
future occasion.
(c)
Time of the Essence
. Time is of the essence in this Modification.
(d)
Binding Effect
. This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and
personal representatives.
14
(e)
Further Assurances
. Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as
appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as
reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
(f)
Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions
. Anything in
the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
(i)
Counterparts
. This Modification, as well as any other Loan
Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and
attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in
clause (ii)
below, an
executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an
Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart thereof.
(ii)
When Electronic Transmissions Authorized
. Lender and the Borrower
Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or
communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the
following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
(A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official
records of a governmental authority; and
(B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute
discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party,
specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also
provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic
Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink
signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by
Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice
to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Partys
failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the
specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a
five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission
means each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or
communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes
electronically.
(iii)
Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions
. Subject to the
provisions of
clause (ii)
above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a
Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a partys
signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any
requirement for a writing, authentication, or signature pursuant to any
provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic
Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as
a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of
any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the
provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or
signed;
provided, however
, that nothing in this subsection shall limit a partys
right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic
Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission
was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower
Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not
necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including
risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
(g)
Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver
. The Current
Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and
agreement of Borrower
15
and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties,
agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed,
discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and
Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
16
Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LENDER:
GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Printed Name: Lisa Everroad
|
|
|
|
Its: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
Date Signed: February 14, 2011
|
|
|
|
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management
With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRE-MERGER BORROWER
:
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited
liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
|
|
|
|
corporation, its Company Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
BORROWER:
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
|
|
|
By:
|
SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited
|
|
|
|
liability company, its General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a
|
|
|
|
Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
|
|
|
|
|
18
EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY
Exhibit 10.8
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the Company), and KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE (the Executive), recites
and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH
:
WHEREAS
, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote a substantial portion of his
business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive
Chairman of the Board of the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1.
RECITALS
. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2.
EMPLOYMENT
. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of the Companys Executive Chairman of the Board to serve for the Term
(as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
3.
TERM
. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the Effective
Date), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If
neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to
terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any
subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period.
For purposes of this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any
extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4.
SERVICES
. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time,
attention and effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may
engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not
interfere with the performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full
authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all
respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Companys Board of
Directors.
5.
COMPENSATION
.
(a)
Base Salary
. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000), subject to any
increases approved by the Board of Directors (the Board) or its Compensation Committee (the
Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Companys payroll schedule.
Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the
Executive under this Agreement.
(b)
Annual Bonus
. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year
2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual
Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
(i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual
Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Companys 2011 Equity
Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000) if the 2011 hotel-level
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for the 65 hotel
properties identified in the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Companys
initial public offering (the Initial Portfolio) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be
calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial
Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31,
2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the
Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is
equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the
remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is
earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
(ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive
shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base
Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump
sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6.
BENEFITS
. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a)
Vacation
. The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which
time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an
aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to
receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year
of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis,
he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has
taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
2
(b)
Employee Benefits
. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing,
insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the
Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the Exec-U-Care supplemental health benefits
provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for
any reason, including due to the Companys failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs
thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan
that provides the Executive and the Executives family health benefits that are not less (but
without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such
supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have
the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
(c)
Equity Plan Participation
. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during
the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial
public offering of the Companys common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to
purchase Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand (376,000) shares of the Companys common stock under
the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option
agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
7.
EXPENSES
. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating
the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited
to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this
Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is
incurred.
8.
TERMINATION
.
(a)
Grounds
. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death. In the
case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executives employment
as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executives
employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his
employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination
for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination,
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this
Agreement.
3
(b)
Notice of Termination
. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon
death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section
8(c) below.
(c)
Date of Termination
. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination means (i)
if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executives
Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth
day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has
been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least
one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have
returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive;
(iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive
shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive
voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a
period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not
performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in
which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executives illness or injury; in
such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period);
(iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall
provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a
period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing
which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the
Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date
of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
9.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY
. This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of
4
any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in
accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and
the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
10.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON
. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9
except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be
vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation
rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration
date as if the Executives employment had not terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executives Base Salary at
the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for
resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of (
x
) the highest
annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately
before the Date of Termination or (
y
) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executives Base Salary at
the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for
resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of
(x)
the Annual Bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid
by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the
Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to
three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the
5
Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the
Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10
unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by
the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the
Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become
binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45
th
) day after the date the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason. Subject to the Executives satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and
subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the
sixtieth (60
th
) day after the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without
Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
11.
DEFINITIONS
. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a)
Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is
defined in the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b)
Disability
means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(c)
Termination With Cause
means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or
nolo contendre
to, a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all
cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(d)
Voluntary Termination
means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment
hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(e)
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason
means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from
6
acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company
policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the
Company and its affiliates without the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive
from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company
and its affiliates without the Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executives
Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his
employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executives principal office on the
date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executives resignation shall
not be deemed a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive gives the Board
written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action,
etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the
Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later
than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
12.
CODE SECTION 280G
. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
7
distributed under this Section 12 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid
or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be
deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and
then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which
the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under
Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or
substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the
Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to
the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 12, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
12, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
.
This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of
8
an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end
of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement
or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable
only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the
Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executives
separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided,
however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such
separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the
seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if earlier,
within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the
Executives estate following his death.
14.
TAX WITHHOLDING
. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
15.
COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE
.
(a)
General Covenants of the Executive
. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal
business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels
without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the
date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Companys
then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the
Business
), (ii) the
Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business
is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executives work for the Company and its subsidiaries has
given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary
information of the Company and to trade secrets, as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade
Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive
contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi)
the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set
forth in this Section 15.
(b)
Covenants Against Competition
. The covenant against competition herein described shall
apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executives
employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the Restriction Period). During
the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or
participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise
affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional
capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder,
corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar
to an engagement in an executive, senior management,
9
strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged
in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located
within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by
the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is
pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior
to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executives employment;
provided,
however
, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own
or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the
ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or
participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of
any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if
(A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B)
the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity
and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class
of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply
after the Executives Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
(c)
Confidentiality
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates:
the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his
benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the
business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the
Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its
subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the
Confidential Company Information
),
including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof,
profit or loss figures, and the Companys or its affiliates (or any of their predecessors)
properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the
Company except with the Companys express written consent and except for Confidential Company
Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no
wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not
acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executives employment or affiliation with the
Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a
third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally
in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required
to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
(d)
Nonsolicitation
. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the
Companys prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly
encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any
employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the
Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of
Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates
(or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employees or
independent contractors employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii)
whether for the Executives own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation
or other business organization, intentionally interfere with
10
the Companys or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the
Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executives employment with the Company
is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of
either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans,
investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the
Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely
interfere with the operations of the Business.
(e)
Company Property
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and
documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to
the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be
the Companys property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request.
Notwithstanding the above, the Executives contacts and contact data base shall not be the
Companys property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the
Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Companys property.
(f)
Rights and Remedies upon Breach
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by
him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the Covenants) would result in irreparable
injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the
Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its
affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without
posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders
and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or
actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its
affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The
existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the
right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach
of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30)
days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
(g)
Severability
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an
opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are
reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that
any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or
any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid
portions.
(h)
Duration and Scope of Covenants
. If any court or other decision maker of competent
jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are
unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision,
11
then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of
such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable
and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
(i)
Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions
. The Company and the Executive
intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any
jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of
such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or
otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or
in any way affect the Companys right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief
provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such
Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants
as they relate to each jurisdictions being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent
covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of
res judicata
[or, prescribe state for
jurisdiction].
16.
NOTICES
. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
To the Company:
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
|
|
To the Executive:
|
|
Kerry W. Boekelheide
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner
except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.
18.
ARBITRATION
. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance
with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto
requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30
days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
attorneys fees and costs.
19.
APPLICABLE LAW
. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of South Dakota.
12
20.
NO SETOFF
. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
21.
ASSIGNMENT
. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
22.
HEADINGS
. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher R. Eng
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE
|
|
|
/s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Exhibit 10.9
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the Company), and DANIEL P. HANSEN (the Executive), recites and
provides as follows:
WITNESSETH
:
WHEREAS
, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his
business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1.
RECITALS
. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2.
EMPLOYMENT
. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of the Companys President and Chief Executive Officer to serve for
the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
3.
TERM
. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the Effective
Date), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If
neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to
terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any
subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period.
For purposes of this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any
extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4.
SERVICES
. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time,
attention and effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may
engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not
interfere with the performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full
authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all
respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Companys Executive
Chairman of the Board.
5.
COMPENSATION
.
(a)
Base Salary
. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), subject to any
increases approved by the Board of Directors (the Board) or its
Compensation Committee (the Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with
the Companys payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any
other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
(b)
Annual Bonus.
In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year
2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual
Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
(i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual
Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Companys 2011 Equity
Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) if the 2011 hotel-level
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for the 65 hotel
properties identified in the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Companys
initial public offering (the Initial Portfolio) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be
calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial
Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31,
2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the
Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is
equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the
remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is
earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
(ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive
shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base
Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump
sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6.
BENEFITS
. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a)
Vacation
. The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which
time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an
aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to
receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year
of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis,
he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has
taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b)
Employee Benefits
. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any
2
retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or
which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the
Exec-U-Care supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails
to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Companys failure to
reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law,
shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executives family
health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than
the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life
insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance
policy.
(c)
Equity Plan Participation
. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during
the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial
public offering of the Companys common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to
purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Companys common stock under the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option
agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
7.
EXPENSES
. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating
the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited
to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this
Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is
incurred.
8.
TERMINATION
.
(a)
Grounds
. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death. In the
case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executives employment
as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executives
employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his
employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination
for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination,
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this
Agreement.
(b)
Notice of Termination
. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon
death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
3
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the
date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
(c)
Date of Termination
. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination means (i)
if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executives
Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth
day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has
been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least
one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have
returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive;
(iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive
shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive
voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a
period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not
performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in
which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executives illness or injury or
the illness or injury of a member of the Executives immediate family); in such event, the Date of
Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company
intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the
Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of
thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the
Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executives
employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
9.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY
. This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock
or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the
applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
4
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
10.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON
. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9
except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be
vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation
rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration
date as if the Executives employment had not terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executives Base Salary at
the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for
resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of (
x
) the highest
annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately
before the Date of Termination or (
y
) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executives Base Salary at
the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for
resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of
(x)
the Annual Bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid
by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the
Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to
three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life
insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be
made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10
unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed
5
by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims
the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has
become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45
th
) day after the date
the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for
Good Reason. Subject to the Executives satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence
and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the
sixtieth (60
th
) day after the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without
Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
11.
DEFINITIONS
. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a)
Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is
defined in the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b)
Disability
means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(c)
Termination With Cause
means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or
nolo contendre
to, a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all
cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(d)
Voluntary Termination
means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment
hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(e)
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason
means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his
material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the
Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the
6
Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive
relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executives principal
office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executives
resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive
gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the
event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc.
that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not
later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
12.
CODE SECTION 280G
. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 12 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has
7
been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that
no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the
Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce
the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of
tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling
precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will
notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will
be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 12, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
12, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
.
This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall
not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
8
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable
only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the
Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executives
separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided,
however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such
separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the
seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if earlier,
within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the
Executives estate following his death.
14.
TAX WITHHOLDING
. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
15.
COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE
.
(a)
General Covenants of the Executive
. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal
business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels
without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the
date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Companys
then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the
Business
), (ii) the
Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business
is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executives work for the Company and its subsidiaries has
given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary
information of the Company and to trade secrets, as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade
Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive
contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi)
the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set
forth in this Section 15.
(b)
Covenants Against Competition
. The covenant against competition herein described shall
apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executives
employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the Restriction Period). During
the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or
participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise
affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional
capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder,
corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar
to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although
otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least
twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any
hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or
within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop
or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began
9
prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executives employment;
provided,
however
, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own
or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the
ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or
participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of
any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if
(A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B)
the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity
and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class
of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply
after the Executives Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
(c)
Confidentiality
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates:
the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his
benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the
business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the
Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its
subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the
Confidential Company Information
),
including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof,
profit or loss figures, and the Companys or its affiliates (or any of their predecessors)
properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the
Company except with the Companys express written consent and except for Confidential Company
Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no
wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not
acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executives employment or affiliation with the
Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a
third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally
in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required
to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
(d)
Nonsolicitation
. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the
Companys prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly
encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any
employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the
Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of
Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates
(or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employees or
independent contractors employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii)
whether for the Executives own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation
or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Companys or any of its
affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its
affiliates, any person who during the Executives employment with the Company is or was a customer
or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding
the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the
provision of management services from third parties
10
engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not
otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
(e)
Company Property
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and
documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to
the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be
the Companys property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request.
Notwithstanding the above, the Executives contacts and contact data base shall not be the
Companys property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the
Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Companys property.
(f)
Rights and Remedies upon Breach
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by
him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the Covenants) would result in irreparable
injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the
Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its
affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without
posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders
and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or
actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its
affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The
existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the
right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach
of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30)
days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
(g)
Severability
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an
opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are
reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that
any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or
any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid
portions.
(h)
Duration and Scope of Covenants
. If any court or other decision maker of competent
jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are
unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such
determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the
case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form,
such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
11
(i)
Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions
. The Company and the Executive
intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any
jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of
such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or
otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or
in any way affect the Companys right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief
provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such
Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants
as they relate to each jurisdictions being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent
covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of
res judicata
[or, prescribe state for
jurisdiction].
16.
NOTICES
. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
To the Company:
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
|
|
To the Executive:
|
|
Daniel P. Hansen
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner
except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.
18.
ARBITRATION
. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance
with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto
requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30
days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
attorneys fees and costs.
19.
APPLICABLE LAW
. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of South Dakota.
20.
NO SETOFF
. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company
12
may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to
seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the
Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
21.
ASSIGNMENT
. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
22.
HEADINGS
. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher R. Eng
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
|
|
|
|
DANIEL P. HANSEN
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel P. Hansen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Exhibit 10.10
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the Company), and CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI (the Executive), recites
and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS
, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his
business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1.
RECITALS
. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2.
EMPLOYMENT
. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of the Companys Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as
hereinafter provided.
3.
TERM
. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the Effective
Date), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If
neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to
terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any
subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period.
For purposes of this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any
extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4.
SERVICES
. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time,
attention and effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may
engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not
interfere with the performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full
authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all
respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Companys President and
Chief Executive Officer.
5.
COMPENSATION
.
(a)
Base Salary
. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), subject to any increases
approved by the Board of Directors (the Board) or its
Compensation Committee (the Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Companys payroll schedule. Any increase in
Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this
Agreement.
(b)
Annual Bonus.
In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year
2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual
Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
(i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual
Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Companys 2011 Equity
Incentive Plan) equal to Two Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) if the 2011
hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for the 65
hotel properties identified in the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Companys
initial public offering (the Initial Portfolio) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be
calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial
Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31,
2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the
Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is
equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the
remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is
earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
(ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive
shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to seventy-five percent (75%) of Base
Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump
sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6.
BENEFITS
. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a)
Vacation
. The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which
time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an
aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to
receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year
of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis,
he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has
taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b)
Employee Benefits
. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any
2
retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the
Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the Exec-U-Care supplemental health benefits
provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for
any reason, including due to the Companys failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs
thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan
that provides the Executive and the Executives family health benefits that are not less (but
without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such
supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have
the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
(c)
Equity Plan Participation
. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during
the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial
public offering of the Companys common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to
purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Companys common stock under the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option
agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
7.
EXPENSES
. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating
the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited
to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this
Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is
incurred.
8.
TERMINATION
.
(a)
Grounds
. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death. In the
case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executives employment
as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executives
employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his
employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination
for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination,
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this
Agreement.
(b)
Notice of Termination
. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon
death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
3
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section
8(c) below.
(c)
Date of Termination
. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination means (i)
if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executives
Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth
day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has
been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least
one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have
returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive;
(iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive
shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive
voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a
period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not
performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in
which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executives illness or injury or
the illness or injury of a member of the Executives immediate family); in such event, the Date of
Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company
intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the
Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of
thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the
Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executives
employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
9.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY
. This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock
or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the
applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
4
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
10.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON
. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section
10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall
be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation
rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration
date as if the Executives employment had not terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case
of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary
that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the greater of (
x
) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal
years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or (
y
) seventy-five percent
(75%) of the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the
case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base
Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash
payment.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of
(x)
the Annual Bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual
premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the
Executive and the Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the
annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the
Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash
payment.
5
The Multiple is one and one-half (1.5) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination
Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within
ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executives employment ends upon a
Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is
two (2.0) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the
date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in
Control or if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or
after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10
unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by
the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the
Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become
binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45
th
) day after the date the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason. Subject to the Executives satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and
subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the
sixtieth (60
th
) day after the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without
Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executives
employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this
Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of
Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5
th
) business day after
the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60
th
) day after the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
11.
DEFINITIONS
. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a)
Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is
defined in the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b)
Disability
means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(c)
Termination With Cause
means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or
nolo contendre
to, a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from
the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30)
days after such notice is received by the Executive.
6
(d)
Voluntary Termination
means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment
hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(e)
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason
means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his
material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the
Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus
opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50)
miles from the location of the Executives principal office on the date of this Agreement, without
the consent of the Executive. The Executives resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary
Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within
thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts
constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good
Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after
such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the
expiration of such cure period.
12.
CODE SECTION 280G
. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the
7
amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 12 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be
deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and
then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which
the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under
Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or
substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the
Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to
the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 12, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
12, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
.
This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of
the Board and without requiring the Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to
be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A;
8
provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify
this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or
benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate
identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall
not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable
only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the
Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executives
separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided,
however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such
separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the
seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if earlier,
within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the
Executives estate following his death.
14.
TAX WITHHOLDING
. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
15.
COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE
.
(a)
General Covenants of the Executive
. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal
business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels
without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the
date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Companys
then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the
Business
), (ii) the
Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business
is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executives work for the Company and its subsidiaries has
given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to trade secrets, as
defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the
covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the
9
business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this
Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
(b)
Covenants Against Competition
. The covenant against competition herein described shall
apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executives
employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the Restriction Period). During
the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or
participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise
affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional
capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder,
corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar
to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although
otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least
twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any
hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or
within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop
or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of
the termination of the Executives employment;
provided,
however
, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any
entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the
Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and
(ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and
without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national
securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation
System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person
of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or
indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executives Termination
without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
(c)
Confidentiality
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates:
the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his
benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the
business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the
Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its
subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the
Confidential Company Information
),
including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof,
profit or loss figures, and the Companys or its affiliates (or any of their predecessors)
properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the
Company except with the Companys express written consent and except for Confidential Company
Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no
wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not
acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executives employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or
from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v)
10
was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is
required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
(d)
Nonsolicitation
. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the
Companys prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly
encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any
employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the
Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of
Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates
(or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employees or
independent contractors employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii)
whether for the Executives own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation
or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Companys or any of its
affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its
affiliates, any person who during the Executives employment with the Company is or was a customer
or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding
the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the
provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of
the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the
Business.
(e)
Company Property
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and
documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to
the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be
the Companys property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request.
Notwithstanding the above, the Executives contacts and contact data base shall not be the
Companys property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the
Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Companys property.
(f)
Rights and Remedies upon Breach
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by
him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the Covenants) would result in irreparable
injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the
Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its
affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without
posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders
and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or
actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its
affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The
existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the
right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if
11
capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice
thereof from the Company.
(g)
Severability
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an
opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are
reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that
any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or
any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid
portions.
(h)
Duration and Scope of Covenants
. If any court or other decision maker of competent
jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are
unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such
determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the
case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form,
such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
(i)
Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions
. The Company and the Executive
intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any
jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of
such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or
otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or
in any way affect the Companys right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief
provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such
Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants
as they relate to each jurisdictions being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent
covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of
res judicata
.
16.
NOTICES
. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
|
|
To the Company:
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
|
|
|
To the Executive:
|
|
Craig J. Aniszewski
119 Stormy Pointe Lane
Mooresville, North Carolina 28117
|
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the
parties
12
hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
18.
ARBITRATION
. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance
with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto
requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30
days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
attorneys fees and costs.
19.
APPLICABLE LAW
. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of South Dakota.
20.
NO SETOFF
. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
21.
ASSIGNMENT
. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
22.
HEADINGS
. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher R. Eng
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI
|
|
|
/s/ Craig J. Aniszewski
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Exhibit 10.11
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the Company), and STUART J. BECKER (the Executive), recites and
provides as follows:
WITNESSETH
:
WHEREAS
, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his
business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1.
RECITALS
. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2.
EMPLOYMENT
. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of the Companys Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as
hereinafter provided.
3.
TERM
. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the Effective
Date), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If
neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to
terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any
subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period.
For purposes of this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any
extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4.
SERVICES
. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time,
attention and effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may
engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not
interfere with the performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full
authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all
respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Companys President and
Chief Executive Officer.
5.
COMPENSATION
.
(a)
Base Salary
. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), subject to any increases
approved by the Board of Directors (the Board) or its
Compensation Committee (the Committee).
Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Companys payroll schedule. Any increase in
Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this
Agreement.
(b)
Annual Bonus
. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year
2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual
Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are
achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the
Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary
to the extent that such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section
5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year
in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6.
BENEFITS
. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a)
Vacation
. The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which
time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an
aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to
receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year
of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis,
he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has
taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b)
Employee Benefits
. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing,
insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the
Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of
such life insurance policy.
(c)
Equity Plan Participation
. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during
the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial
public offering of the Companys common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to
purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Companys common stock under the Companys
2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement
prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
7.
EXPENSES
. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher
2
or documentation indicating
the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited
to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this
Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is
incurred.
8.
TERMINATION
.
(a)
Grounds
. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death. In the
case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executives employment
as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executives
employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his
employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination
for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination,
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this
Agreement.
(b)
Notice of Termination
. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon
death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section
8(c) below.
(c)
Date of Termination
. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination means (i)
if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executives
Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth
day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has
been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least
one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have
returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive;
(iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive
shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive
voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a
period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not
performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in
which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executives illness or injury or
the illness or injury of a member of the Executives immediate family); in such event, the Date of
Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company
intends to treat the termination as a
Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds
for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of
such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executives employment is terminated by
3
reason of
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the
end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
9.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY
. This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock
or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the
applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
10.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON
. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section
10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall
be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation
rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration
date as if the Executives employment had not terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case
of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect
before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment
to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the greater of (
x
) the highest annual bonus paid to the
4
Executive for the three (3) fiscal
years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or (
y
) fifty percent (50%) of
the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that
constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of
(x)
the Annual Bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual
premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the
Executive and the Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an
amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the
Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date
of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is one and one-half (1.5) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination
Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within
ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executives employment ends upon a
Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is
two (2.0) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the
date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in
Control or if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or
after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10
unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by
the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the
Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become
binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45
th
) day after the date the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason. Subject to the Executives satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and
subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the
sixtieth (60
th
) day after the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without
Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executives
employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this
Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date
of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5
th
) business day
after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60
th
) day after the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
5
11.
DEFINITIONS
. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a)
Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is
defined in the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b)
Disability
means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(c)
Termination With Cause
means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or
nolo contendre
to, a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all
cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(d)
Voluntary Termination
means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment
hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(e)
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason
means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his
material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the
Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus
opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50)
miles from the location of the Executives principal office on the date of this Agreement, without
the consent of the Executive, other than a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment
to Sioux Falls, South Dakota. The Executives resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary
Termination for Good Reason unless
the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the
Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the
event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the
6
reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the
Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure
period.
12.
CODE SECTION 280G
. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 12 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be
deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and
then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which
the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate
a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based
upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the
7
Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of
that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 12, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
12, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
.
This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall
not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be
payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control
of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the
8
Executives separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h));
provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after
such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of
the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if
earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of
the Executives estate following his death.
14.
TAX WITHHOLDING
. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
15.
COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE
.
(a)
General Covenants of the Executive
. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal
business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale
hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that
after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the
Companys then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the
Business
),
(ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the
Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executives work for the Company and its
subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs
and proprietary information of the Company and to trade secrets, as defined in the South Dakota
Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of
the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the
Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and
agreements set forth in this Section 15.
(b)
Covenants Against Competition
. The covenant against competition herein described shall
apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executives
employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the Restriction Period). During
the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or
participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise
affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional
capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder,
corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar
to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although
otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least
twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any
hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or
within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop
or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of
the termination of the Executives employment;
provided,
however
, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any
entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the
Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has
been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity,
solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such
9
securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the
Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and
(C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of
securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after
the Executives Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
(c)
Confidentiality
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates:
the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his
benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the
business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the
Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its
subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the
Confidential Company Information
),
including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof,
profit or loss figures, and the Companys or its affiliates (or any of their predecessors)
properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the
Company except with the Companys express written consent and except for Confidential Company
Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no
wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not
acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executives employment or affiliation with the
Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a
third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally
in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required
to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
(d)
Nonsolicitation
. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the
Companys prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly
encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any
employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the
Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of
Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates
(or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employees or
independent contractors employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii)
whether for the Executives own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation
or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Companys or any of its
affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its
affiliates, any person who during the Executives employment with the Company is or was a customer
or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding
the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the
provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of
the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the
Business.
(e)
Company Property
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and
documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the
10
Executive or made available to
the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be
the Companys property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request.
Notwithstanding the above, the Executives contacts and contact data base shall not be the
Companys property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the
Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Companys property.
(f)
Rights and Remedies upon Breach
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by
him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the Covenants) would result in irreparable
injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the
Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its
affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without
posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders
and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or
actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its
affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The
existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the
right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach
of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30)
days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
(g)
Severability
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an
opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are
reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that
any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or
any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid
portions.
(h)
Duration and Scope of Covenants
. If any court or other decision maker of competent
jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are
unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such
determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the
case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form,
such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
(i)
Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions
. The Company and the Executive
intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any
jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of
such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by
reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive
that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Companys right, or the right of any of
its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the
11
geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective
jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdictions being, for this purpose,
severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of
res
judicata
.
16.
NOTICES
. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Company:
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: Corporate Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
|
|
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Executive:
|
|
Stuart J. Becker
|
|
|
|
|
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
|
|
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner
except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.
18.
ARBITRATION
. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance
with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto
requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30
days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
attorneys fees and costs.
19.
APPLICABLE LAW
. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of South Dakota.
20.
NO SETOFF
. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
21.
ASSIGNMENT
. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or
12
obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
22.
HEADINGS
. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher R. Eng
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STUART J. BECKER
|
|
|
/s/ Stuart J. Becker
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Exhibit 10.12
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,
effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES,
INC., a Maryland corporation (the Company), and RYAN A. BERTUCCI (the Executive), recites and
provides as follows:
WITNESSETH
:
WHEREAS
, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his
business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Vice
President of Acquisitions of the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1.
RECITALS
. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2.
EMPLOYMENT
. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of the Companys Vice President of Acquisitions to serve for the Term
(as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
3.
TERM
. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing on February 14, 2011 (the Effective
Date), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If
neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to
terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any
subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period.
For purposes of this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any
extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4.
SERVICES
. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time,
attention and effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may
engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not
interfere with the performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full
authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all
respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Companys President and
Chief Executive Officer.
5.
COMPENSATION
.
(a)
Base Salary
. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000), subject to any
increases approved by the Board of Directors (the Board) or
its Compensation Committee (the Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance
with the Companys payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or
reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
(b)
Annual Bonus
. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year
2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual
Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are
achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the
Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary
to the extent such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b)
shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in
which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6.
BENEFITS
. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a)
Vacation
. The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which
time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an
aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to
receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year
of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis,
he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has
taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b)
Employee Benefits
. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing,
insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the
Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of
such life insurance policy.
(c)
Equity Plan Participation
. The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the
Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during
the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the
Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial
public offering of the Companys common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to
purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Companys common stock under the Companys
2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement
prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
7.
EXPENSES
. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher
2
or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses
include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable
to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the
Companys expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar
year in which the expense is incurred.
8.
TERMINATION
.
(a)
Grounds
. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death. In the
case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executives employment
as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executives
employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his
employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination
for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination,
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this
Agreement.
(b)
Notice of Termination
. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon
death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section
8(c) below.
(c)
Date of Termination
. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination means (i)
if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executives
Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth
day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has
been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least
one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have
returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive;
(iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive
shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive
voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a
period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not
performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in
which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executives illness or injury or
the illness or injury of a member of the Executives immediate family); in such event, the Date of
Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company
intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the
Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of
thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the
Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executives
employment is terminated by
3
reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of
Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
9.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY
. This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock
or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the
applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
10.
COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON
. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section
10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall
be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation
rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration
date as if the Executives employment had not terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case
of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary
that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the greater of (
x
) the highest annual bonus paid to the
4
Executive for the three (3) fiscal
years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or (
y
) fifty percent (50%) of
the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that
constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of
(x)
the Annual Bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y)
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual
premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the
Executive and the Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an
amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the
Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date
of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is one (1.0) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause
before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90)
days after the Date of Termination or if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is two (2.0)
if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a
Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or
if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the
date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10
unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by
the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the
Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become
binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45
th
) day after the date the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason. Subject to the Executives satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and
subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the
sixtieth (60
th
) day after the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without
Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executives
employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this
Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of
Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5
th
) business day after
the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60
th
) day after the
Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
5
11.
DEFINITIONS
. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a)
Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is
defined in the Companys 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
(b)
Disability
means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(c)
Termination With Cause
means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or
nolo contendre
to, a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all
cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(d)
Voluntary Termination
means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment
hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this
Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(e)
Voluntary Termination for Good Reason
means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his
material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the
Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus
opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50)
miles from the location of the Executives principal office on the date of this Agreement, without
the consent of the Executive. The Executives resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary
Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within
thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts
constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good
Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after
such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the
expiration of such cure period.
6
12.
CODE SECTION 280G
. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 12 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be
deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and
then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which
the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under
Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or
substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the
Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to
the Executive promptly by the Company.
7
For purposes of this Section 12, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
12, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
13.
CODE SECTION 409A
.
This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall
not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable
only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the
Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executives
separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided,
however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months
8
after such
separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the
seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if earlier,
within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the
Executives estate following his death.
14.
TAX WITHHOLDING
. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
15.
COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE
.
(a)
General Covenants of the Executive
. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal
business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale
hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that
after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become
material with respect to the Companys then-overall business, herein being collectively
referred to as the
Business
), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who
have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the
Executives work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the
Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to
trade secrets, as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its
subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are
essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered
into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
(b)
Covenants Against Competition
. The covenant against competition herein described shall
apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executives
employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the Restriction Period). During
the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or
participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise
affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional
capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder,
corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar
to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although
otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least
twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any
hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or
within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop
or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of
the termination of the Executives employment;
provided,
however
, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any
entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the
Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and
(ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and
without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national
securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation
System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person
of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and
9
(C) the Executive does not, directly or
indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executives Termination
without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
(c)
Confidentiality
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates:
the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his
benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the
business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the
Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its
subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the
Confidential Company Information
),
including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof,
profit or loss figures, and the Companys or its affiliates (or any of their predecessors)
properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the
Company except with the Companys express written consent and except for Confidential Company
Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known
through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain;
(iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executives employment or
affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its
representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such
information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the
Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or
governmental body or agency.
(d)
Nonsolicitation
. During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the
Companys prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly
encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any
employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the
Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of
Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates
(or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employees or
independent contractors employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii)
whether for the Executives own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation
or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Companys or any of its
affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its
affiliates, any person who during the Executives employment with the Company is or was a customer
or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding
the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the
provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of
the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the
Business.
(e)
Company Property
. During and after the Executives employment with the Company and its
affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and
documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to
the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be
the Companys property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request.
Notwithstanding the above, the Executives contacts and
10
contact data base shall not be the
Companys property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the
Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Companys property.
(f)
Rights and Remedies upon Breach
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by
him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the Covenants) would result in irreparable
injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the
Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its
affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without
posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction,
including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders
and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or
actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in
addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its
affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The
existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the
right to cease making the payments or
benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if
capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice
thereof from the Company.
(g)
Severability
. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an
opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are
reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that
any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or
any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement
shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid
portions.
(h)
Duration and Scope of Covenants
. If any court or other decision maker of competent
jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are
unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such
determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the
case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form,
such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
(i)
Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions
. The Company and the Executive
intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any
jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of
such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or
otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or
in any way affect the Companys right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief
provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such
Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants
as they relate to each jurisdictions being, for this purpose,
11
severable, diverse and independent
covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of
res judicata
[or, prescribe state for
jurisdiction].
16.
NOTICES
. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Company:
|
|
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: Corporate Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
|
|
|
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Executive:
|
|
Ryan A. Bertucci
|
|
|
|
|
1823 Harney Street, Suite 301
|
|
|
|
|
Omaha, Nebraska 68102
|
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner
except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties
hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
18.
ARBITRATION
. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance
with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto
requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30
days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
attorneys fees and costs.
19.
APPLICABLE LAW
. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of South Dakota.
20.
NO SETOFF
. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
21.
ASSIGNMENT
. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
12
22.
HEADINGS
. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher R. Eng
|
|
|
|
Title: Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RYAN A. BERTUCCI
|
|
|
/s/ Ryan A. Bertucci
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Exhibit 10.13
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article I DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.01.
|
|
Affiliate
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.02.
|
|
Agreement
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.03.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.04.
|
|
Board
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.05.
|
|
Change in Control
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.06.
|
|
Code
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.07.
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.08.
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.09.
|
|
Company
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.10.
|
|
Control Change Date
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.11.
|
|
Corresponding SAR
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.12.
|
|
Dividend Equivalent Right
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.13.
|
|
Exchange Act
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.14.
|
|
Fair Market Value
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.15.
|
|
Incentive Award
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.16.
|
|
Initial Value
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.17.
|
|
LTIP Unit
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.18.
|
|
Operating Partnership
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.19.
|
|
Option
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.20.
|
|
Other Equity-Based Award
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.21.
|
|
Participant
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.22.
|
|
Performance Units
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.23.
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.24.
|
|
REIT
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.25.
|
|
SAR
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.26.
|
|
Stock Award
|
|
|
6
|
|
1.27.
|
|
Ten Percent Shareholder
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article II PURPOSES
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article III ADMINISTRATION
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IV ELIGIBILITY
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article V COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.01.
|
|
Common Stock Issued
|
|
|
7
|
|
5.02.
|
|
Aggregate Limit
|
|
|
8
|
|
5.03.
|
|
Reallocation of Shares
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VI OPTIONS
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
9
|
|
6.02.
|
|
Option Price
|
|
|
9
|
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.03.
|
|
Maximum Option Period
|
|
|
9
|
|
6.04.
|
|
Nontransferability
|
|
|
9
|
|
6.05.
|
|
Transferable Options
|
|
|
10
|
|
6.06.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
10
|
|
6.07.
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
10
|
|
6.08.
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
10
|
|
6.09.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
11
|
|
6.10.
|
|
Disposition of Shares
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VII SARS
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
11
|
|
7.02.
|
|
Maximum SAR Period
|
|
|
11
|
|
7.03.
|
|
Nontransferability
|
|
|
11
|
|
7.04.
|
|
Transferable SARs
|
|
|
12
|
|
7.05.
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
12
|
|
7.06.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
12
|
|
7.07.
|
|
Settlement
|
|
|
13
|
|
7.08.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VIII STOCK AWARDS
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
13
|
|
8.02.
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
13
|
|
8.03.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
13
|
|
8.04.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
14
|
|
9.02.
|
|
Earning the Award
|
|
|
14
|
|
9.03.
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
14
|
|
9.04.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
14
|
|
9.05.
|
|
Nontransferability
|
|
|
15
|
|
9.06.
|
|
Transferable Performance Units
|
|
|
15
|
|
9.07.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article X OTHER EQUITYBASED AWARDS
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
15
|
|
10.02.
|
|
Terms and Conditions
|
|
|
16
|
|
10.03.
|
|
Payment or Settlement
|
|
|
16
|
|
10.04.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
16
|
|
10.05.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XI INCENTIVE AWARDS
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.01.
|
|
Award
|
|
|
16
|
|
11.02.
|
|
Terms and Conditions
|
|
|
17
|
|
11.03.
|
|
Nontransferability
|
|
|
17
|
|
11.04.
|
|
Employee Status
|
|
|
17
|
|
11.05.
|
|
Settlement
|
|
|
17
|
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.06.
|
|
Shareholder Rights
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XII ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XIII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.01.
|
|
Effect on Employment and Service
|
|
|
19
|
|
14.02.
|
|
Unfunded Plan
|
|
|
19
|
|
14.03.
|
|
Rules of Construction
|
|
|
19
|
|
14.04.
|
|
Withholding Taxes
|
|
|
20
|
|
14.05.
|
|
REIT Status
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XV CHANGE IN CONTROL
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.01.
|
|
Impact of Change in Control
|
|
|
20
|
|
15.02.
|
|
Assumption Upon Change in Control
|
|
|
21
|
|
15.03.
|
|
Cash-Out Upon Change in Control
|
|
|
21
|
|
15.04.
|
|
Limitation of Benefits
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XVI AMENDMENT
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XVII DURATION OF PLAN
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XVIII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
|
|
|
24
|
|
-iii-
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01.
Affiliate
Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures,
limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term control shall mean
ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or
interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by
contract or otherwise.
1.02.
Agreement
Agreement means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between
the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of an Award granted to such
Participant.
1.03.
Award
Award means any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Other Equity-Based Award or
Incentive Award.
1.04.
Board
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.05.
Change in Control
Change in Control shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have
occurred after the date hereof if:
(1)
|
|
any person as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange
Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that
such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B)
any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily
holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any
corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company
in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Companys
common stock, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the
Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of
outstanding Company securities;
|
-1-
(2)
|
|
during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other
than (A) a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement
with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4)
of this Section 1.05 or (B) a director whose initial assumption of office is
in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not
limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of
the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the
Companys shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning
of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
|
|
(3)
|
|
there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any
direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other
than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Company voting
securities immediately before the merger or consolidation continue to own more
than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or the surviving entity in
the merger or consolidation or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after
such merger or consolidation; or
|
|
(4)
|
|
there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (or any transaction
having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or
disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets
to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and
common stock of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially
the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company
immediately prior to such sale.
|
If a change in control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Option, SAR, Stock Award,
Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is
subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment will be made under that award on account of a
Change in Control unless the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, as applicable,
constitutes a change in control event under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.06.
Code
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.
1.07.
Committee
Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board, each of
whom is intended to qualify as a non-employee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange
Act or any successor rule, an outside director for
-2-
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (if awards under the Plan are subject to the deduction
limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code) and an independent director under the rules of any
exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed, traded or quoted;
provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the
members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the
foregoing requirements or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. If there is no
Compensation Committee, then Committee means the Board; and provided, further that with respect
to awards made to a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate,
Committee means the Board.
1.08.
Common Stock
Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
1.09.
Company
Company means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
1.10.
Control Change Date
Control Change Date means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in
Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the Control Change Date is the date of the
last of such transactions.
1.11.
Corresponding SAR
Corresponding SAR means an SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can
be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to
which the SAR relates.
1.12.
Dividend Equivalent Right
Dividend Equivalent Right means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by
the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in
amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on shares of Common
Stock with respect to specified Performance Units or units denominated in shares of Common Stock or
other Company securities subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as determined by the Committee, in
its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that such Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be
distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award is vested or earned and also
may provide that Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in
additional shares of Common Stock or otherwise reinvested.
-3-
1.13.
Exchange Act
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1.14.
Fair Market Value
Fair Market Value means, on any given date, the reported closing price of a share of Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for such date or, if there is no closing price for a share of
Common Stock on the date in question, the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last
preceding date for which a quotation exists. If, on any given date, the Common Stock is not listed
for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of
a share of Common Stock on such other exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading for
such date (or, if there is no closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question,
the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation
exists) or, if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange, the amount determined by the
Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and in accordance with the regulations under
Section 409A of the Code.
1.15.
Incentive Award
Incentive Award means an award awarded under Article XI which, subject to the terms and
conditions prescribed by the Committee, entitles the Participant to receive a payment from the
Company or an Affiliate.
1.16.
Initial Value
Initial Value means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the
related Option and, with respect to an SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per share
of Common Stock as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the
price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Except as provided in
Article XII, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation
and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
1.17.
LTIP Unit
LTIP Unit means an LTIP Unit as defined in the Operating Partnerships partnership
agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits,
payments or other rights in respect of an LTIP Unit set forth in that partnership agreement,
subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Agreement and that partnership agreement.
1.18.
Operating Partnership
Operating Partnership means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
-4-
1.19.
Option
Option means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated
number of Common Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement.
1.20.
Other Equity-Based Award
Other Equity-Based Award means any award other than an Option, SAR, a Performance Unit award
or a Stock Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee,
entitles a Participant to receive Common Stock or rights or units valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock (including securities convertible into Common
Stock) or other equity interests including LTIP Units.
1.21.
Participant
Participant means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the
Board, or an individual who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate (including
an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or
providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV
and is selected by the Committee to receive an Award.
1.22.
Performance Units
Performance Units means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with
reference to a specified number of shares of Common Stock, that in accordance with the terms of an
Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each specified unit equal to the value of
the Performance Unit on the date of payment.
1.23.
Plan
Plan means this Summit Hotel Properties Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
1.24.
REIT
REIT means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of
the Code.
1.25.
SAR
SAR means a share appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement
entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each share of Common Stock encompassed by the
exercise of the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the
Initial Value. References to SARs include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently
of Options, unless the context requires otherwise.
-5-
1.26.
Stock Award
Stock Award means Common Stock awarded to a Participant under Article VIII.
1.27.
Ten Percent Shareholder
Ten Percent Shareholder means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a parent corporation or
subsidiary corporation (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An
individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for
his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to
own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation,
partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSES
The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining
employees, directors and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such
persons or entities to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to
associate their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan is intended to
permit the grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (incentive stock
options) and Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units,
Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that
may be established by the Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option
shall be invalid for failure to qualify as an incentive stock option (and shall be considered a
nonstatutory option in the event, and to the extent, of such failure). The proceeds received by
the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate
purposes.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant
SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Options, Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards upon
such terms (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider
appropriate. Such terms may include, but are not limited to, conditions (in addition to those
contained in this Plan), on the exercisability of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the
transferability or forfeitability of an Award. Notwithstanding any such conditions, the Committee
may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR may be exercised, or the
time at which a Stock Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become transferable or nonforfeitable
or the time at which an Other Equity-Based Award, an award of Performance Units or an Incentive
Award may be settled. In addition, the Committee
-6-
shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of
Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of
the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment
of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of this Plan. The Committees determinations under the Plan (including without
limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount
and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be
uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible
to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express
grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any
power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in
connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the
Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any
Agreement, Option, SAR, Stock Award, Other Equity-Based Award, Incentive Award or award of
Performance Units. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY
Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an
Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate
in this Plan. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company
or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by
virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), is eligible to
participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the
participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company.
ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.01.
Common Stock Issued
Upon the award of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in
settlement of an Incentive Award or an award of Performance Units, the Company may deliver to the
Participant shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common
Stock. Upon the exercise of any Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in Common
Stock, the Company may deliver to the Participant (or the Participants broker if the Participant
so directs), shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common
Stock.
-7-
5.02.
Aggregate Limit
(a) The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan
pursuant to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Stock Awards or Other Equity-Based
Awards and the settlement of Incentive Awards and Performance Units is equal to the lesser of (i)
2,344,045 shares or (ii) eight and one-half percent (8.5%) of the total number of shares of Common
Stock sold in the Companys initial public offering (including the number of shares sold on account
of the underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option) plus the number of shares sold in the
concurrent private placement. Other Equity-Based Awards that are LTIP Units shall reduce the
maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan on a
one-for-one basis,
i.e.
, each such unit shall be treated as an award of Common Stock.
(b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan in
accordance with Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XII.
(c) All of the shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan may be issued in the
form of incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options.
5.03.
Reallocation of Shares
If any award or grant under the Plan (including LTIP Units) expires, is forfeited or is
terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of Common Stock, then
any shares of Common Stock covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled
portion of such award or grant and any forfeited, lapsed, cancelled or expired LTIP Units shall be
available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and
settlement of Performance Units and Incentive Awards under this Plan. Any shares of Common Stock
tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant
to any award shall not increase the number of shares available for future grants or awards. If
shares of Common Stock are issued in settlement of an SAR, the number of shares of Common Stock
available under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock for which the SAR
was exercised rather than the number of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of the SAR. To
the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the shares of Common
Stock are listed for trading, shares of Common Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution
for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any
Affiliate shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the
Plan.
-8-
ARTICLE VI
OPTIONS
6.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an Option is to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
such awards.
6.02.
Option Price
The price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined
by the Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date
the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per share of Common Stock
purchased on the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual
who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one
hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as
provided in Article XII, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by
amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
6.03.
Maximum Option Period
The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on
the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from
the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a
Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any
Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.
6.04.
Nontransferability
Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any
transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR
that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or
entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the
Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a
Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of
such Participant.
-9-
6.05.
Transferable Options
Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not
an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participants children,
grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership
in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be
permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an
Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that
governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that
such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and
any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons
or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be transferred for
consideration absent shareholder approval.
6.06.
Employee Status
For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to
incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be
exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after
termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of
absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall
not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
6.07.
Exercise
Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be
exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with
such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options
(granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first
exercisable in a calendar year for shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as
of the date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be
exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option
could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the
Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to
the remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the
termination of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which
the Option is exercised.
6.08.
Payment
Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement,
payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering
shares of Common Stock (or by attestation of ownership of Common Stock), by a
-10-
broker-assisted cashless exercise or in such other form or manner acceptable to the Committee.
If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and
cash equivalent and the date of exercise Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered must not be
less than the Option price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.
6.09.
Shareholder Rights
No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares of Common
Stock subject to an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.
6.10.
Disposition of Shares
A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of shares of Common
Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition
occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of
the shares of Common Stock to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the
Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
SARS
7.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom SARs are to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
such awards. No Participant may be granted Corresponding SARs (under the Plan and all plans of the
Company and its Affiliates) that are related to incentive stock options which are first exercisable
in any calendar year for shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
as of the date the related Option is granted) that exceeds $100,000.
7.02.
Maximum SAR Period
The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no
SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a
Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a
Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after
the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a
term that is less than such maximum period.
7.03.
Nontransferability
Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any
-11-
such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same
person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime
of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant.
No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien,
obligation, or liability of such Participant.
7.04.
Transferable SARs
Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an SAR, other than a
Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant
to the Participants children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such
family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms
and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time
to time. The holder of an SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same
terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant;
provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant
or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same
person or person or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an SAR be
transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
7.05.
Exercise
Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an SAR may be exercised
in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such
requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is
related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is
exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. An
SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than
the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of an SAR shall not
affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the
applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a
Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number
of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
7.06.
Employee Status
If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued
service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service,
the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service,
illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous
employment or service.
-12-
7.07.
Settlement
At the Committees discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be
settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock. No fractional
share will be deliverable upon the exercise of an SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu
thereof.
7.08.
Shareholder Rights
No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an SAR, have any rights as a shareholder of the
Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that
the SAR is settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE VIII
STOCK AWARDS
8.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom a Stock Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered
by such awards.
8.02.
Vesting
The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participants rights in a Stock
Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such
conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the
Committee may prescribe that a Participants rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or
otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the
Companys, an Affiliates or a business units attainment of objectives stated with respect to
performance criteria established by the Committee.
8.03.
Employee Status
In the event that the terms of any Stock Award provide that shares may become transferable and
nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous
service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or
military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions
of continuous employment or service.
8.04.
Shareholder Rights
Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the shares of
Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable,
-13-
a Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Stock Award, including
the right to receive dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that during such period (i)
a Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares
granted pursuant to a Stock Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the certificates
evidencing shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the
Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to each Stock Award. The limitations set
forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Stock Award are
transferable and are no longer forfeitable.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
9.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common
Stock covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights
are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.
9.02.
Earning the Award
The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, shall prescribe that the Performance
Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award
of Performance Units, only upon the satisfaction of performance objectives and such other criteria
as may be prescribed by the Committee.
9.03.
Payment
In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is
earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof.
A fractional share of Common Stock shall not be deliverable when an award of Performance Units is
earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. The amount payable when an award of
Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump sum.
9.04.
Shareholder Rights
A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any
rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is
earned and settled in Common Stock. After an award of Performance Units is earned and settled in
shares of Common Stock, a Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder as described in
Section 8.05.
-14-
9.05.
Nontransferability
Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of
a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or
liability of such Participant.
9.06.
Transferable Performance Units
Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of
Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participants children, grandchildren,
spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such
family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units
transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed
the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however
that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Performance Unit be transferred for
consideration absent shareholder approval.
9.07.
Employee Status
In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made
unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee
may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary
disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
ARTICLE X
OTHER EQUITYBASED AWARDS
10.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common
Stock or other equity interests (including LTIP Units) covered by such awards; provided, however,
that the grant of LTIP Units must satisfy the requirements of the partnership agreement of the
Operating Partnership as in effect on the date of grant. The Committee also will specify whether
Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.
-15-
10.02.
Terms and Conditions
The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and
conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may
prescribe that a Participants rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable,
nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as
may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement. Other
Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards
granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other
Awards granted under the Plan.
10.03.
Payment or Settlement
Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on,
shares of Common Stock, shall be payable or settled in Common Stock, cash or a combination of
Common Stock and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that
any shares of Common Stock that are issued on account of the conversion of LTIP Units into Common
Stock shall not be issued under the Plan. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity
interests other than shares of Common Stock may be paid or settled in shares or units of such
equity interests or cash or a combination of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
10.04.
Employee Status
If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only
during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of
employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for
governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be
deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
10.05.
Shareholder Rights
A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights
as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the Other Equity-Based Award is earned
and settled in shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE XI
INCENTIVE AWARDS
11.01.
Award
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an Incentive Award is to be made.
-16-
11.02.
Terms and Conditions
The Committee, at the time an Incentive Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions
that govern the award. Such terms and conditions may prescribe that the Incentive Award shall be
earned only to the extent that the Participant, the Company or an Affiliate, during a performance
period of at least one year, achieves objectives stated with reference to one or more performance
measures or criteria prescribed by the Committee. A goal or objective may be expressed on an
absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a
published index. When establishing goals and objectives, the Committee may exclude any or all
special, unusual, or extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of
the Company, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative
effects of accounting changes. The Committee may also adjust the performance goals for any
Incentive Award as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting
the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the
Committee may determine. Such terms and conditions also may include other limitations on the
payment of Incentive Awards including, by way of example and not of limitation, requirements that
the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an
Affiliate or that the Company, an Affiliate, or the Participant attain stated objectives or goals
(in addition to those prescribed in accordance with the preceding sentence) as a prerequisite to
payment under an Incentive Award.
11.03.
Nontransferability
Incentive Awards granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in an Incentive Award
shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
11.04.
Employee Status
If the terms of an Incentive Award provide that a payment will be made thereunder only if the
Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service the Committee may decide
to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary
disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
11.05.
Settlement
An Incentive Award that is earned shall be settled with a single lump sum payment which may be
in cash, Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.
-17-
11.06.
Shareholder Rights
No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an Incentive Award, have any rights as a
shareholder of the Company or an Affiliate until the date that the Incentive Award is settled and
then only to the extent that the Incentive Award is settled by the issuance of shares of Common
Stock.
ARTICLE XII
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
The maximum number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units,
Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of
outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based
Awards shall be adjusted as the Board determines is equitably required in the event that (i) the
Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and its shareholders
such as a stock dividend, extra-ordinary cash dividend, stock split-up, subdivision or
consolidation of shares that affects the number or kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other Company securities) and
causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to outstanding awards or (b)
engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii) there occurs any other
event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any determination made under
this Article XII by the Board shall be nondiscretionary, final and conclusive.
The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of
any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the
exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations
of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to
which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based
Awards may be granted or the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Shares
or Other Equity-Based Awards.
The Committee may make Stock Awards and may grant Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive
Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock
awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who
becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in
the first paragraph of this Article XII. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the terms of
such substituted Stock Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options, Incentive Awards or
Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.
-18-
ARTICLE XIII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no
certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this
Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including,
without limitation, withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a
party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Companys shares may be listed.
The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any
certificate issued to evidence shares of Common Stock when a Stock Award is granted, a Performance
Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is
exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no
Stock Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no
certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this
Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable
from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
14.01.
Effect on Employment and Service
Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to
this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual or entity any right to continue
in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of
the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual or entity at
any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
14.02.
Unfunded Plan
This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be
required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan.
Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based
solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such
obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on,
any property of the Company.
14.03.
Rules of Construction
Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to
facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be
construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.
-19-
14.04.
Withholding Taxes
Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding
obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement,
any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in
settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Award) or
a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. Except to the extent prohibited by Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), any minimum statutory federal, state, district or city withholding
tax obligations also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company shares of Common Stock
previously acquired by the Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the
number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an
Option or SAR, the settlement of a Performance Unit award, Incentive Award or an Other Equity-Based
Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a Stock Award; or (c) by any other method as may
be approved by the Committee. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of such
withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered, withheld or reduced
shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises and the number of shares of Common Stock
which may be withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair
Market Value on the day preceding the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such
liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign
income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
14.05.
REIT Status
The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Companys status
as a REIT. No award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to any award granted under the
Plan, such award shall not vest, be exercisable or be settled (i) to the extent that the grant,
vesting, exercise or settlement could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation
of the common stock ownership limit or aggregate stock ownership limit prescribed by the Companys
Articles of Incorporation or Charter, as amended from time to time) or (ii) if, in the discretion
of the Committee, the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the award could impair the
Companys status as a REIT.
ARTICLE XV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
15.01.
Impact of Change in Control.
Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and
SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Stock Awards to become transferable and
nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based
Awards to become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.
-20-
15.02.
Assumption Upon Change in Control.
In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for
a Participants consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance
Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award
granted by, the surviving entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall
be of the same type of award as the original Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive
Award or Other Equity-Based Award being assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award
shall have a value, as of the Control Change Date, that is substantially equal to the value of the
original Award (or the difference between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial
Value in the case of Options and SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such
other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee.
15.03.
Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.
In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of
a Participants consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit,
Incentive Award and Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The
payment may be in cash, shares of Common Stock or other securities or consideration received by
shareholders in the Change in Control transaction or, in the case of an Incentive Award, the entire
amount that can be paid under the Award (and, if the amount payable in settlement of an Incentive
Award is based on the value of Common Stock, that value shall be the price per share received by
shareholders for each share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction). Except as
provided in the preceding sentence with respect to Incentive Awards, the amount of the payment
shall be an amount that is substantially equal to (i) the amount by which the price per share
received by shareholders in the Change in Control exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the
case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per share received by shareholders for each share of
Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award or (iii) the
value of the other securities or property in which the Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award
is denominated. If the option price or Initial Value exceeds the price per share received by
shareholders in the Change in Control transaction, the Option or SAR may be cancelled under this
Section 15.03 without any payment to the Participant.
15.04.
Limitation of Benefits
The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits
that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which,
together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as Payments), may constitute
Parachute Payments (as hereinafter defined), that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As
provided in this Section 15.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced pursuant to this Section
15.04 if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive
-21-
a greater Net After Tax Amount (as hereinafter defined), than a Participant would receive
absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm (as hereinafter defined), will first determine the amount of any Parachute
Payments that are payable to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After
Tax Amount attributable to the Participants total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped
Payments). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable
to the Capped Payments.
The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant) in a manner that results in the best economic benefit to the
Participant (or, to the extent economically equivalent, in a pro rata manner). The Accounting Firm
will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be
reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed
calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 15.04, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 15.04 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Participant under this Section 15.04 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Participant must repay such amount to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no
loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Participant to the
Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce
the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund
of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling
precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will
notify the Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment
will be paid to the Participant promptly by the Company.
-22-
For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term Accounting Firm means the independent
accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of
this Section 15.04, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or
Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and
any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The
determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate
imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped
Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the
term Parachute Payment means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined
in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15.04, the limitations and provisions of
this Section 15.04 shall not apply to any Participant who, pursuant to an agreement with the
Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is entitled to indemnification for
any liability that the Participant may incur under Code Section 4999. In addition, nothing in this
Section 15.04 shall limit or otherwise supersede the provisions of any other agreement or plan
which provides that a Participant cannot receive Payments in excess of the Capped Payments.
ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENT
The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment
may adversely impair the rights of Participants with respect to outstanding awards. In addition,
an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Companys shareholders if such approval is
required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or if the
amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan,
materially increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the
Plan (other than an adjustment pursuant to Article XII) or materially modify the requirements as to
eligibility for participation in the Plan.
ARTICLE XVII
DURATION OF PLAN
No Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Option, SAR, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based
Award may be granted under this Plan after February 2, 2021. Stock Awards, Performance Unit
awards, Options, SARs, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards granted before such date
shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.
-23-
ARTICLE XVIII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
Options, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may
be granted under this Plan on and after the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided
that no award shall be exercisable, vested or settled unless, within twelve months after the
Boards adoption of the Plan, the Plan is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding
Common Stock entitled to vote and present or represented by properly executed and delivered
proxies at a duly held shareholders meeting at which a quorum is present or by unanimous consent
of the shareholders.
-24-